Download - Gowrings Mobility

FORD TOURNEO CONNECT Owner's Manual
The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of
continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time
without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a
retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.
Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2014
All rights reserved.
Part Number: CG3588en 02/2014 20140305095408
Table of Contents
Introduction
Locks
About This Manual...........................................7
Symbols Glossary.............................................7
Data Recording..................................................9
Replacement Parts
Recommendation......................................10
Mobile Communications
Equipment.....................................................10
Locking and Unlocking.................................34
Manual Liftgate...............................................37
Security
Passive Anti-Theft System.........................39
Anti-Theft Alarm............................................39
Steering Wheel
At a Glance
Adjusting the Steering Wheel....................42
Audio Control...................................................42
Voice Control...................................................44
Cruise Control..................................................44
Information Display Control......................44
Front Exterior Overview.................................12
Rear Exterior Overview..................................13
Vehicle Interior Overview.............................14
Instrument Panel Overview - LHD............15
Instrument Panel Overview - RHD...........16
Wipers and Washers
Child Safety
Windshield Wipers........................................45
Autowipers.......................................................45
Windshield Washers.....................................46
Rear Window Wiper and Washers..........46
Installing Child Seats.....................................18
Child Seat Positioning...................................22
Child Safety Locks..........................................25
Safety Belts
Lighting
Fastening the Safety Belts..........................26
Safety Belt Height Adjustment.................27
Safety Belt Minder.........................................28
General Information.....................................48
Lighting Control..............................................48
Autolamps........................................................49
Instrument Lighting Dimmer.....................50
Headlamp Exit Delay....................................50
Daytime Running Lamps..............................51
Front Fog Lamps.............................................51
Rear Fog Lamps...............................................51
Headlamp Leveling.........................................51
Cornering Lamps............................................52
Direction Indicators.......................................53
Interior Lamps - Vehicles Without:
Panoramic Roof Panel.............................53
Interior Lamps - Vehicles With:
Panoramic Roof Panel.............................54
Supplementary Restraints
System
Principle of Operation..................................29
Driver Airbag.....................................................29
Passenger Airbag...........................................30
Side Airbags......................................................31
Side Curtain Airbags.......................................31
Keys and Remote Controls
General Information on Radio
Frequencies..................................................32
Remote Control...............................................32
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control............................................................33
1
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Table of Contents
Rear Seats..........................................................91
Heated Seats...................................................95
Rear Seat Armrest.........................................96
Windows and Mirrors
Power Windows - Vehicles With:
One-Touch Down Driver Window........55
Power Windows - Vehicles With: Rear
Power Windows .........................................55
Global Opening and Closing......................57
Exterior Mirrors.................................................57
Interior Mirror...................................................58
Sun Shades - Vehicles With: Panoramic
Roof Panel....................................................59
Auxiliary Power Points
Auxiliary Power Points..................................97
Cigar Lighter.....................................................97
Storage Compartments
Cup Holders.....................................................98
Center Console...............................................98
Overhead Console.........................................98
Folding Tray......................................................98
Instrument Cluster
Gauges................................................................61
Warning Lamps and Indicators.................62
Audible Warnings and Indicators Automatic Transmission.........................64
Audible Warnings and Indicators Manual Transmission...............................65
Starting and Stopping the
Engine
General Information...................................100
Ignition Switch..............................................100
Steering Wheel Lock...................................100
Starting a Gasoline Engine - Manual
Transmission...............................................101
Starting a Gasoline Engine - Automatic
Transmission...............................................101
Starting a Diesel Engine.............................102
Diesel Particulate Filter..............................102
Switching Off the Engine..........................103
Engine Block Heater....................................103
Information Displays
General Information.....................................66
Clock...................................................................70
Trip Computer.................................................70
Personalized Settings...................................70
Information Messages...................................71
Climate Control
Principle of Operation...................................76
Air Vents.............................................................76
Manual Climate Control...............................77
Automatic Climate Control........................79
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate..........................................................80
Rear Passenger Climate Controls............82
Heated Windows and Mirrors....................82
Auxiliary Heater..............................................83
Unique Driving Characteristics
Auto-Start-Stop...........................................105
Fuel and Refueling
Safety Precautions.......................................107
Fuel Quality - Gasoline..............................108
Fuel Quality - Diesel....................................108
Running Out of Fuel....................................108
Catalytic Converter......................................109
Refueling...........................................................110
Fuel Consumption..........................................111
Seats
Sitting in the Correct Position...................88
Head Restraints..............................................88
Manual Seats..................................................89
2
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Table of Contents
Fuel Consumption Figures - 1.0L
EcoBoost (74kW/100PS).......................112
Fuel Consumption Figures - 1.6L
EcoBoost (110kW/150PS) Sigma.............................................................113
Fuel Consumption Figures - 1.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (55kW/75PS)/1.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (70kW/95PS)
(TZ).................................................................113
Fuel Consumption Figures - 1.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (70kW/95PS) (TZ),
Trend ECOlite..............................................114
Fuel Consumption Figures - 1.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (85kW/115PS).............114
Rear View Camera........................................126
Cruise Control
Principle of Operation.................................129
Using Cruise Control....................................129
Driving Aids
Speed Limiter................................................130
Active City Stop..............................................131
Load Carrying
General Information....................................133
Luggage Anchor Points..............................133
Rear Under Floor Storage..........................133
Cargo Nets.......................................................134
Roof Racks and Load Carriers..................135
Transmission
Manual Transmission - 6-Speed Manual
Transmission...............................................115
Manual Transmission - 5-Speed Manual
Transmission...............................................115
Automatic Transmission.............................115
Towing
Trailer Sway Control.....................................137
Towing Points.................................................137
Transporting the Vehicle............................138
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels Automatic Transmission.......................138
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels Manual Transmission.............................139
Brakes
General Information.....................................119
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes............................................................119
Parking Brake..................................................119
Hill Start Assist - Automatic
Transmission..............................................120
Hill Start Assist - Manual
Transmission..............................................120
Driving Hints
Breaking-In.....................................................140
Reduced Engine Performance................140
Economical Driving......................................140
Cold Weather Precautions.........................141
Driving Through Water.................................141
Floor Mats.........................................................141
Traction Control
Principle of Operation.................................122
Using Traction Control................................122
Stability Control
Roadside Emergencies
Principle of Operation.................................123
Using Stability Control................................123
Hazard Warning Flashers..........................143
First Aid Kit......................................................143
Warning Triangle...........................................143
Fuel Shutoff....................................................143
Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................144
Parking Aids
Principle of Operation.................................124
Parking Aid......................................................124
3
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Table of Contents
Fuses
Vehicle Care
Fuse Box Locations.....................................146
Fuse Specification Chart............................147
Changing a Fuse...........................................156
Cleaning the Exterior...................................182
Cleaning the Interior....................................182
Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............183
Cleaning the Alloy Wheels........................183
Maintenance
Wheels and Tires
General Information....................................158
Opening and Closing the Hood...............158
Under Hood Overview - 1.0L EcoBoost
(74kW/100PS), LHD...............................160
Under Hood Overview - 1.0L EcoBoost
(74kW/100PS), RHD................................161
Under Hood Overview - 1.6L EcoBoost™,
LHD................................................................162
Under Hood Overview - 1.6L EcoBoost
(110kW/150PS) - Sigma, RHD.............163
Under Hood Overview - 1.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, LHD.......164
Under Hood Overview - 1.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, RHD.......165
Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.0L
EcoBoost™................................................166
Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.6L
EcoBoost™................................................166
Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi
(DV) Diesel.................................................166
Engine Oil Check..........................................166
Engine Coolant Check.................................167
Brake and Clutch Fluid Check.................168
Washer Fluid Check.....................................168
Changing the 12V Battery..........................168
Checking the Wiper Blades......................169
Changing the Wiper Blades.....................169
Changing a Bulb............................................170
Bulb Specification Chart............................174
Technical Specifications - 1.0L EcoBoost
(74kW/100PS)..........................................176
Technical Specifications - 1.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel...................178
Technical Specifications - 1.6L EcoBoost
(110kW/150PS) - Sigma........................179
General Information....................................184
Temporary Mobility Kit...............................184
Tire Care..........................................................188
Using Winter Tires........................................188
Using Snow Chains.....................................188
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........189
Changing a Road Wheel............................192
Technical Specifications - Short
Wheelbase..................................................197
Technical Specifications - Long
Wheelbase.................................................198
Capacities and Specifications
Vehicle Dimensions - Long
Wheelbase.................................................199
Vehicle Dimensions - Short
Wheelbase.................................................199
Towbar Dimensions...................................200
Vehicle Identification Plate.......................201
Vehicle Identification Number................202
Audio System
General Information...................................203
Audio unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/
Digital Audio Broadcast (DAB) Radio/
SYNC............................................................204
Audio unit - Vehicles With: Digital Audio
Broadcast (DAB) Radio/Navigation
System/SYNC..........................................209
Audio unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/
Digital Audio Broadcast (DAB)
Radio.............................................................215
Digital Radio..................................................224
Audio Input Jack...........................................225
4
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Table of Contents
USB Port.........................................................226
Media Hub......................................................226
Audio Troubleshooting...............................227
SYNC™
General Information...................................228
Using Voice Recognition...........................229
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone............232
SYNC™ Applications and Services......243
Using SYNC™ With Your Media
Player...........................................................250
SYNC™ Troubleshooting.........................256
Navigation
Navigation......................................................264
Appendices
Electromagnetic compatibility...............273
End User License Agreement..................274
5
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
6
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Introduction
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Ford. We
recommend that you take some time to
get to know your vehicle by reading this
manual. The more that you know about it,
the greater the safety and pleasure you
will get from driving it.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any handheld device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
A
Right-hand side
B
Left-hand side
Protecting the Environment
You must play your part in protecting the
environment. Correct vehicle usage and
the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning
and lubrication materials are significant
steps toward this aim.
Note: This manual describes product
features and options available throughout
the range of available models, sometimes
even before they are generally available. It
may describe options not fitted to your
vehicle.
SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
These are some of the symbols you may
see on your vehicle.
Safety alert
Note: Some of the illustrations in this
manual may be used for different models,
so may appear different to you on your
vehicle. However, the essential information
in the illustrations is always correct.
See Owner's Manual
Air conditioning system
Note: Always use and operate your vehicle
in line with all applicable laws and
regulations.
Anti-lock braking system
Note: Pass on this manual when selling
your vehicle. It is an integral part of the
vehicle.
Avoid smoking, flames or sparks
This manual may qualify the location of a
component as left-hand side or right-hand
side. The side is determined when facing
forward in the seat.
Battery
7
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Introduction
Battery acid
Explosive gas
Brake fluid - non petroleum
based
Fan warning
Brake system
Fasten safety belt
Cabin air filter
Front airbag
Check fuel cap
Front fog lamps
Child safety door lock or unlock
Fuel pump reset
Child seat lower anchor
Fuse compartment
Child seat tether anchor
Hazard warning flashers
Cruise control
Heated rear window
Do not open when hot
Heated windshield
Engine air filter
Interior luggage compartment
release
Jack
Engine coolant
Keep out of reach of children
Engine coolant temperature
Lighting control
Engine oil
Low tire pressure warning
8
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Introduction
Maintain correct fluid level
DATA RECORDING
A large number of electronic components
of your vehicle contain data storage
modules temporarily or permanently
storing technical data about the condition
of the vehicle, events and errors.
Note operating instructions
Panic alarm
In general, this technical information
documents the condition of parts,
modules, systems or the environment:
• Operating conditions of system
components (e.g. filling levels).
• Status messages of the vehicle and its
individual components (e.g. number of
wheel revolutions/rotational speed,
deceleration, lateral acceleration).
• Malfunction and defects in important
system components (e.g. lighting and
brake system).
• Vehicle reactions in particular driving
situations (e.g. inflation of an airbag,
activation of the stability regulation
system).
• Environmental conditions (e.g.
temperature).
Parking aid
Parking brake
Power steering fluid
Power windows front/rear
Power window lockout
Service engine soon
These data are exclusively technical and
help identification and correction of errors
as well as optimisation of vehicle
functions. Motion profiles indicating
travelled routes cannot be created with
these data.
Side airbag
Shield the eyes
If services are used (e.g. repair works,
service processes, warranty cases, quality
assurance), employees of the service
network (including manufacturers) are
able to read out this technical information
from the event and error data storage
modules using special diagnostic devices.
If required, you will receive further
information. After an error has been
corrected, these data are deleted from the
error storage module or they are constantly
overwritten.
Stability control
Windshield wash and wipe
9
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Introduction
When using the vehicle, situations may
occur in which these technical data related
to other information (accident report,
damages on the vehicle, witness
statements etc.) may be associated with
a specific person - possibly, with the
assistance of an expert.
development we validate these parts
deliver the intended level of protection as
a whole system. A great way to know for
sure you are getting this level of protection
is to use genuine Ford replacement
collision parts.
Warranty on Replacement Parts
Additional functions contractually agreed
upon with the client (e.g. vehicle location
in emergency cases) allow the
transmission of particular vehicle data
from the vehicle.
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement
parts are the only replacement parts that
benefit from a Ford Warranty. Damage
caused to your vehicle as a result of the
failure of non-Ford parts may not be
covered by the Ford Warranty. For
additional information, refer to the terms
and conditions of the Ford Warranty.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDATION
Your vehicle has been built to the highest
standards using quality parts. We
recommend that you demand the use of
genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
whenever your vehicle requires scheduled
maintenance or repair. You can clearly
identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their
packaging.
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT
Using mobile communications equipment
is becoming increasingly important in the
conduct of business and personal affairs.
However, you must not compromise your
own or others’ safety when using such
equipment. Mobile communications can
enhance personal safety and security when
appropriately used, particularly in
emergency situations. Safety must be
paramount when using mobile
communications equipment to avoid
negating these benefits. Mobile
communication equipment includes, but
is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers,
portable email devices, text messaging
devices and portable two-way radios.
Scheduled Maintenance and
Mechanical Repairs
One of the best ways for you to make sure
that your vehicle provides years of service
is to have it maintained in line with our
recommendations using parts that
conform to the specifications detailed in
this Owner’s Manual. Genuine Ford and
Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these
specifications.
Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a
collision, but accidents do happen. Genuine
Ford replacement collision parts meet our
stringent requirements for fit, finish,
structural integrity, corrosion protection
and dent resistance. During vehicle
10
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Introduction
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
11
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
At a Glance
FRONT EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
A
See Locking and Unlocking (page 34).
B
See Speed Limiter (page 130).
C
See Changing the Wiper Blades (page 169).
D
See Maintenance (page 158).
E
See Towing Points (page 137).
F
See Changing a Bulb (page 170).
G
Tire pressures. See Technical Specifications (page 198).
H
See Changing a Road Wheel (page 192).
12
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
At a Glance
REAR EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
A
See Changing a Bulb (page 170).
B
See Changing the Wiper Blades (page 169).
C
See Changing a Bulb (page 170).
D
See Refueling (page 110).
E
See Changing a Road Wheel (page 192).
F
Tire pressures. See Technical Specifications (page 197).
G
See Towing Points (page 137).
H
See Temporary Mobility Kit (page 184). Spare wheel, jack and wheel brace.
See Changing a Road Wheel (page 192). Towing eye. See Towing Points
(page 137).
13
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
At a Glance
VEHICLE INTERIOR OVERVIEW
A
See Transmission (page 115).
B
See Power Windows (page 55). See Exterior Mirrors (page 57).
C
See Head Restraints (page 88).
D
See Fastening the Safety Belts (page 26).
E
See Rear Seats (page 91).
F
See Manual Seats (page 89).
G
See Parking Brake (page 119).
H
See Opening and Closing the Hood (page 158).
14
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
At a Glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW - LHD
A
Air vents. See Air Vents (page 76).
B
Direction indicators. See Direction Indicators (page 53). High beam. See
Lighting Control (page 48).
C
Information display controls. See Information Displays (page 66).
D
Instrument cluster. See Gauges (page 61). See Warning Lamps and
Indicators (page 62).
E
Audio control. See Audio Control (page 42). Voice control. See Voice Control
(page 44).
F
Wiper lever. See Wipers and Washers (page 45).
G
Information and entertainment display.
H
Audio unit. See Audio System (page 203).
I
Door lock indicator. See Locking and Unlocking (page 34).
J
Hazard warning flasher switch. See Hazard Warning Flashers (page 143).
K
Climate controls. See Climate Control (page 76).
15
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
At a Glance
L
Parking aid switch. See Parking Aids (page 124).
M
Start-stop switch. See Auto-Start-Stop (page 105).
N
Heated rear window switch. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 82).
O
Heated windshield switch. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 82).
P
Ignition switch. See Ignition Switch (page 100).
Q
Steering wheel adjustment. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page 42).
R
Horn.
S
Cruise control switches. See Using Cruise Control (page 129).
T
Lighting control. See Lighting Control (page 48). Front fog lamps. See Front
Fog Lamps (page 51). Rear fog lamp. See Rear Fog Lamps (page 51).
Headlamp leveling control. See Headlamp Leveling (page 51).
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW - RHD
16
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
At a Glance
A
Air vents. See Air Vents (page 76).
B
Direction indicators. See Direction Indicators (page 53). High beam. See
Lighting Control (page 48).
C
Information display controls. See Information Displays (page 66).
D
Instrument cluster. See Gauges (page 61). See Warning Lamps and
Indicators (page 62).
E
Audio control. See Audio Control (page 42). Voice control. See Voice Control
(page 44).
F
Wiper lever. See Wipers and Washers (page 45).
G
Information and entertainment display.
H
Audio unit. See Audio System (page 203).
I
Door lock indicator. See Locking and Unlocking (page 34).
J
Hazard warning flasher switch. See Hazard Warning Flashers (page 143).
K
Climate controls. See Climate Control (page 76).
L
Parking aid switch. See Parking Aids (page 124).
M
Start-stop switch. See Auto-Start-Stop (page 105).
N
Heated rear window switch. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 82).
O
Heated windshield switch. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 82).
P
Ignition switch. See Ignition Switch (page 100).
Q
Steering wheel adjustment. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page 42).
R
Horn.
S
Cruise control switches. See Using Cruise Control (page 129).
T
Lighting control. See Lighting Control (page 48). Front fog lamps. See Front
Fog Lamps (page 51). Rear fog lamp. See Rear Fog Lamps (page 51).
Headlamp leveling control. See Headlamp Leveling (page 51).
17
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Child Safety
INSTALLING CHILD SEATS
WARNINGS
Your vehicle has a passenger airbag
deactivation switch. See Passenger
Airbag (page 30). You must switch
the airbag off when using a rearward facing
child seat on the front seat. Make sure you
switch the airbag back on following
removal of the rearward facing child seat.
Failure to follow this warning could result
in serious personal injury or death.
Use an approved child seat to secure
children less than 59 inches (150
centimeters) tall on the rear seat.
Failure to follow this warning could result
in serious personal injury or death.
Read and follow the manufacturer’s
instructions when you are installing
a child seat. Failure to follow this
warning could result in serious personal
injury or death.
Do not modify child seats in any way.
Failure to follow this warning could
result in serious personal injury or
death.
Do not hold a child on your lap when
your vehicle is moving. Failure to
follow this warning could result in
serious personal injury or death.
Do not leave unattended children in
your vehicle. Failure to follow this
warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
If your vehicle has been involved in a
crash, have the child seats checked
by an authorized dealer. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
WARNINGS
Extreme Hazard! Do not use a
rearward facing child seat on a seat
protected by an active air bag in front
of it!
Only child seats certified to ECE-R44.03
(or later) have been tested and approved
for use in your vehicle. A choice of these
are available from an authorized dealer.
Note: Mandatory use of child seats varies
from country to country.
18
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Child Safety
Child Seats for Different Mass
Groups
Booster Seats
WARNINGS
Do not install a booster seat or a
booster cushion with only the lap
strap of the safety belt. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
Use the correct child seat as follows:
Rearward Facing Baby Safety Seat
Do not install a booster seat or a
booster cushion with a safety belt
that is slack or twisted. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
Do not put the safety belt under your
child’s arm or behind their back.
Failure to follow this warning could
result in serious personal injury or death.
Do not use pillows, books or towels
to boost your child’s height. Failure
to follow this warning could result in
serious personal injury or death.
Secure children that weigh less than 29
pounds (13 kilograms) in a rearward facing
baby safety seat (Group 0+) on the rear
seat.
Make sure that your child sits in an
upright position. Failure to follow this
warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
Child Safety Seat
Make sure the child seat rests tightly
against the vehicle seat. If necessary,
adjust the seatback to an upright
position. It may also be necessary to lift or
remove the head restraint. See Head
Restraints (page 88). Failure to follow
this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
You must reinstall the head restraint
following the removal of the child
seat. See Head Restraints (page
88). Failure to follow this warning could
result in serious personal injury or death.
Secure children that weigh more than 33
pounds (15 kilograms) but are less than 59
inches (150 centimeters) tall in a booster
seat or a booster cushion.
Secure children that weigh between 29
pounds (13 kilograms) and 40 pounds (18
kilograms) in a child safety seat (Group 1)
on the rear seat.
19
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Child Safety
Booster Seat (Group 2)
ISOFIX Anchor Points
We recommend that you use a booster
seat that combines a cushion with a
backrest instead of a booster cushion only.
The raised seating position will allow you
to position the shoulder strap of the adult
safety belt over the center of your child’s
shoulder and the lap strap tightly across
their hips.
Use an anti-rotation device when
using the ISOFIX system. We
recommend the use of a top tether
or support leg. Failure to follow this
warning could result in serious personal
injury or death.
WARNING
Booster Cushion (Group 3)
Your vehicle has ISOFIX anchor points that
accommodate universally approved
ISOFIX child seats.
The ISOFIX system has two rigid
attachment arms on the child seat. These
attach to anchor points on the second row
seats, where the cushion and backrest
meet. For child seats with a top tether,
tether anchor points are on the underside
or rear of the second row seats.
Note: When you are purchasing an ISOFIX
seat, make sure that you know the correct
mass group and ISOFIX size class for the
intended seating locations. See Child Seat
Positioning (page 22).
20
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Child Safety
Attaching a Child Seat With Top
Tethers
Attaching a Child Seat With a
Support Leg
WARNING
WARNINGS
Make sure the support leg is long
enough to reach the vehicle floor.
Failure to follow this warning could
result in serious personal injury or death.
Do not attach the top tether strap to
anything other than the correct top
tether strap anchor point. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
Make sure that the child seat
manufacturer lists your vehicle as
suitable for use with this type of child
seat. Failure to follow this warning could
result in serious personal injury or death.
Follow the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions for installing a child seat with
a top tether.
Follow the child seat manufacturer's
instructions for installing a child seat with
a support leg.
21
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Child Safety
CHILD SEAT POSITIONING
WARNINGS
Make sure the child seat rests tightly
against the vehicle seat. If necessary,
adjust the seatback to an upright
position. It may also be necessary to lift or
remove the head restraint. See Head
Restraints (page 88). Failure to follow
this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
WARNINGS
See an authorized dealer for the
latest details relating to our
recommended child seats. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
Extreme Hazard! Do not use a
rearward facing child seat on a seat
protected by an air bag in front of it!
You must reinstall the head restraint
following the removal of the child
seat. See Head Restraints (page
88). Failure to follow this warning could
result in serious personal injury or death.
When using a child seat with a
support leg, the support leg must
rest securely on the floor. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
Note: When using a child seat on a front
seat, always adjust the front passenger seat
as far back as possible. If it proves difficult
to tighten the lap section of the safety belt
without slack remaining, adjust the seatback
to the fully upright position and raise the
height of the seat. See Seats (page 88).
When using a child seat with a safety
belt, make sure that the safety belt
is not slack or twisted. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
Mass group categories
0
0+
Up to 22
lbs (10 kg)
Up to 29
lbs (13 kg)
Front passenger seat
with airbag ON
X
X
UF¹
UF¹
UF¹
Front passenger seat
with airbag OFF
U¹
U¹
U¹
U¹
U¹
Fold-flat front
passenger seat with
airbag ON
X
X
L¹
L¹
L¹
Fold-flat front
passenger seat with
airbag OFF
X
L¹
L¹
L¹
L¹
Seating positions
1
2
3
20 - 40 lbs 33 - 55 lbs 46 - 79 lbs
(9 - 18 kg) (15 - 25 kg) (22 - 36 kg)
22
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Child Safety
Mass group categories
0
0+
Up to 22
lbs (10 kg)
Up to 29
lbs (13 kg)
Second row rear seats
U
U
U
U
U
Third row rear seats
U
U
U
U
U
Seating positions
1
2
3
20 - 40 lbs 33 - 55 lbs 46 - 79 lbs
(9 - 18 kg) (15 - 25 kg) (22 - 36 kg)
X Not suitable for children in this mass group.
U Suitable for universal category child restraints approved for use in this mass group.
U¹ Suitable for universal category child restraints approved for use in this mass group.
We recommend that you secure children in a government approved child seat, on a rear
seat.
UF¹ Suitable for universal category forward facing child seats approved for use in this
mass group. We recommend that you secure children in a government approved child
seat, on a rear seat.
L¹ Suitable only for the following child seats:
• Group 0+: Britax Baby-Safe Plus (E1-04301146) also with Britax Baby-Safe Belted
Base (E1-04301146). Maxi-Cosi CabrioFix (E4-04443517) also with EasyBase 2
(E4-04443523) or EasyFix (E4-04443522).
• Group 1: Recaro Young Expert (E1-04301150). Britax Duo Plus (belted) (E1-04301133).
Britax Safefix (belted) (E1-04301199).
• Group 2 and 3: Britax Kidfix (belted only) (E1-04301198). Britax Kid (E1-04301148).
• We recommend that you secure children in a government approved child seat, on a
rear seat.
23
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Child Safety
ISOFIX Child Seats
Mass group categories
0
Seating positions
0+
Rear facing
Up to 29 lbs (13 kg)
Front passenger seat
Size
class
I
Front
facing
Rear
facing
20 - 40 lbs (9 - 18
kg)
Not ISOFIX equipped
Size type
Second row rear outboard Size
seat ISOFIX
class
1
C, D, E
Size type
Second row rear center
seat
2
IL
Size
class
1
C, D
3
IL
A, B, B1
2
IL , IUF
1
2
Not ISOFIX equipped
Size type
Third row rear seats
Size
class
Not ISOFIX equipped
Size type
IL Suitable for use with particular ISOFIX child restraints systems in the semi-universal
category. Refer to the child restraint system manufacturer vehicle recommendation list
for additional information.
IUF Suitable for use with forward facing ISOFIX child restraints systems in the universal
category.
1
The capital letters A to G define the ISOFIX size class for both universal and semi-universal
child restraints systems. You can see the identification letters on ISOFIX child restraints.
2
At the time of going to print, the recommended Group O+ ISOFIX baby safety seat is the
Britax Roemer Baby Safe. See an authorized dealer for the latest details relating to Ford
recommended child seats.
3
At the time of going to print, the recommended Group 1 ISOFIX child seat is the Britax
Roemer Duo. See an authorized dealer for the latest details relating to Ford recommended
child seats.
24
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Child Safety
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS
WARNING
You cannot open the doors from
inside if you have put the child safety
locks on.
The childproof locks are located on the
rear edge of each rear door and must be
set separately for each door.
Left-Hand Side
Turn counterclockwise to lock and
clockwise to unlock.
Right-Hand Side
Turn clockwise to lock and
counterclockwise to unlock.
25
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Safety Belts
FASTENING THE SAFETY
BELTS
WARNINGS
You have not fastened the safety
belt correctly if you do not hear a
distinct click. Failure to fasten the
safety belt correctly could reduce its
effectiveness and increase the risk of injury
in a crash.
Make sure that your safety belt is
securely stored away and is not
outside your vehicle when closing the
door. Failure of an occupant to be able to
use a trapped safety belt increases the risk
of serious personal injury or death.
26
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Safety Belts
WARNING
Position the safety belt correctly for
your safety and that of your unborn
child. Do not use only the lap strap
or the shoulder strap. Failure to adjust the
safety belt correctly could reduce its
effectiveness and increase the risk of injury
in a crash.
Pregnant women should always wear their
safety belt. The lap belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder belt should
be positioned low across the hips below
the belly and worn as tight as comfort will
allow. The shoulder belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder belt should
be positioned to cross the middle of the
shoulder and the center of the chest.
Note: When not in use, place the safety
belts in to the slots on the outboard trim.
Pull the safety belt out steadily. It may lock
if you pull it sharply or if your vehicle is on
a slope.
SAFETY BELT HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT
Insert the tongue into the buckle until you
hear a distinct click.
WARNING
To release the safety belt press the red
button on the buckle. Hold the tongue and
let the safety belt retract to its stowed
position.
Position the safety belt height
adjuster so that the safety belt rests
across the middle of your shoulder.
Failure to adjust the safety belt correctly
could reduce its effectiveness and increase
the risk of injury in a crash.
Using Safety Belts During
Pregnancy
27
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Safety Belts
If you do not fasten your safety belt both
the audible and visual warnings will switch
off automatically after approximately five
minutes.
Turning the Safety Belt Minder Off
See an authorized dealer.
1. Press the button.
2. Slide the height adjuster up or down.
3. Release the button and pull down on
the height adjuster to make sure it is
locked in place.
SAFETY BELT MINDER
WARNING
The system will only provide
protection when you use the safety
belt correctly.
The warning lamp illuminates and an
audible warning will sound when the
following conditions have been met:
• The front safety belts have not been
fastened.
• Your vehicle exceeds a relatively low
speed.
It will also illuminate when a front safety
belt is unfastened when your vehicle is
moving.
28
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Supplementary Restraints System
Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a
cloud of harmless powdery residue if an
airbag deploys. This is normal.
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Extreme Hazard! Never use a
rearward facing child restraint on a
seat protected by an active airbag in
front of it. Death or serious injury to the
child can occur.
Note: Only wipe airbag covers with a damp
cloth.
DRIVER AIRBAG
Do not modify the front of your
vehicle in any way. This could
adversely affect deployment of the
airbags. Failure to adhere to this warning
could result in serious personal injury or
death.
Wear a safety belt and keep
sufficient distance between yourself
and the steering wheel. Only when
you use the safety belt correctly, can it hold
you in a position that allows the airbag to
achieve its optimum effect. See Sitting
in the Correct Position (page 88). Failure
to adhere to this warning could result in
serious personal injury or death.
The airbag will deploy during significant
frontal collisions or collisions that are up
to 30 degrees from the left or the right. The
airbag will inflate within a few thousandths
of a second and deflate on contact with
the occupant, thus cushioning forward
body movement. During minor frontal
collisions, overturns, rear collisions and
side collisions, the airbag will not deploy.
Repairs to the steering wheel,
steering column, seats, airbags and
safety belts must be carried out by
an authorized dealer. Failure to adhere to
this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
Keep the areas in front of the airbags
free from obstruction. Do not affix
anything to or over the airbag covers.
In the event of a crash, hard objects could
cause serious personal injury or death.
Do not puncture the seat with sharp
objects. This could damage and
adversely affect deployment of the
airbags. Failure to adhere to this warning
could result in serious personal injury or
death.
Use seat covers designed for seats
with side airbags. Have these fitted
by an authorized dealer. Failure to
adhere to this warning could result in
serious personal injury or death.
29
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Supplementary Restraints System
PASSENGER AIRBAG
The key switch and the airbag deactivation
warning lamp are located in the instrument
panel.
The airbag will deploy during a significant
frontal crash or crashes that are up to 30
degrees from the left or the right. The
airbag will inflate within a few thousandths
of a second and deflate on contact with
the occupant cushioning forward body
movement. During minor frontal crashes,
sideways crashes, rear crashes or
overturns, the airbag will not deploy.
Switching the Passenger Airbag
Off
WARNING
Extreme Hazard! You must switch
the passenger airbag off when you
are using a rearward facing child seat
on the front passenger seat. Never use a
rearward facing child restraint on a seat
protected by an active airbag in front of it.
Death or serious injury to the child can
occur.
A
Switch off
B
Switch on
Turn the switch to position A.
When you switch the ignition on check that
the airbag deactivation warning lamp
illuminates.
30
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Supplementary Restraints System
Switching the Passenger Airbag
On
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAGS
WARNING
You must switch the passenger
airbag on when you are not using a
rearward child seat on the front
passenger seat. Failure to adhere to this
warning could result in serious personal
injury or death.
Turn the switch to position B.
When you switch the ignition on check that
the airbag deactivation warning lamp does
not illuminate.
The airbags are located over the front and
rear side windows.
The airbag will deploy during significant
lateral collisions. It will also deploy during
significant frontal angled collisions. The
curtain airbag will not deploy in minor
lateral and frontal collisions, rear collisions,
or overturns.
SIDE AIRBAGS
WARNING
Use seat covers designed for seats
with side airbags. Have these fitted
by an authorized dealer.
The airbags are located inside the
seatback of the front seats. There is a label
attached to the side of the seatback to
indicate this.
The airbag will deploy during significant
lateral collisions. The airbag will not deploy
in minor lateral and frontal collisions, rear
collisions, or overturns.
31
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Keys and Remote Controls
Reprogramming the Unlocking
Function
GENERAL INFORMATION ON
RADIO FREQUENCIES
Note: When you press the unlock button
either all the doors are unlocked or only the
driver door is unlocked. Pressing the unlock
button again unlocks all the doors.
Note: Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
Press and hold the unlock and lock buttons
on the remote control simultaneously for
at least four seconds with the ignition off.
The direction indicators will flash twice to
confirm the change.
The typical operating range for your
transmitter is approximately 33 ft (10 m).
A decrease in operating range could be
caused by:
• weather conditions
• nearby radio towers
• structures around your vehicle
• other vehicles parked next to your
vehicle.
To return to the original unlocking function,
repeat the process.
Changing the Remote Control
Battery
Make sure that you dispose of
old batteries in an
environmentally friendly way.
Seek advice from your local authority
regarding recycling.
The radio frequency used by your remote
control can also be used by other short
distance radio transmissions (e.g. amateur
radios, medical equipment, wireless
headphones, remote controls and alarm
systems). If the frequencies are jammed,
you will not be able to use your remote
control. You can lock and unlock the doors
with the key.
Note: Make sure your vehicle is locked
before leaving it unattended.
Note: If you are in range, the remote control
will operate if you press any button
unintentionally.
REMOTE CONTROL
1.
Insert a screwdriver in the position
shown and gently push the clip.
2. Press the clip downward to release the
battery cover.
You can program a maximum of eight
remote controls to your vehicle. This
includes any that were supplied with your
vehicle. See an authorized dealer.
32
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Keys and Remote Controls
3. Carefully remove the battery cover.
Note: Do not touch the battery contacts or
the printed circuit board with the
screwdriver.
4. Turn the remote control over to remove
the battery.
5. Install a new battery (3V CR 2032) with
the + facing upward.
6. Replace the battery cover.
REPLACING A LOST KEY OR
REMOTE CONTROL
You can purchase replacement keys or
remote controls from an authorized dealer.
Authorized dealers can program remote
controls for your vehicle. See Remote
Control (page 32).
To re-program the passive anti-theft
system see an authorized dealer.
33
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Locks
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING
Unlocking
Note: Check your vehicle is locked before
leaving it unattended.
Unlocking with the Key
Note: Do not leave your keys in your vehicle.
Turn the top of the key toward the rear of
your vehicle.
Locking
Unlocking with the Remote Control
Press the button.
Locking with the Key
Turn the top of the key toward the front of
your vehicle.
Note: You can unlock the driver door with
the key. Use the key when the remote
control is not functioning.
Locking with the Remote Control
Note: You can lock the driver door with the
key. Use the key when the remote control is
not functioning.
Note: When you lock your vehicle for
several weeks, the remote control will be
switched off. Your vehicle must be unlocked
and the engine started using the key.
Unlocking and starting your vehicle once will
enable the remote control.
Double Locking
Unlocking the Liftgate
Press the button.
Press the button.
WARNING
Do not use double locking when
passengers or animals are inside your
vehicle. You will not be able to
unlock the doors from the inside if you have
double locked them.
Note: The liftgate does not automatically
open. See Manual Liftgate (page 37).
Note: The liftgate will unlock if all the doors
are unlocked.
Double locking is a theft protection feature
that prevents someone from opening the
doors from the inside.
Reprogramming the Unlocking
Function
You can reprogram the unlocking function
so that only the driver door is unlocked.
See Remote Control (page 32).
Note: If you double lock your vehicle while
inside, switch the ignition on to return the
door locks to a single locked state.
Double Locking with the Key
Locking and Unlocking
Confirmation
Turn the key to the lock position twice
within three seconds.
When you lock the doors, the direction
indicators will flash twice.
Double Locking with the Remote
Control
When you unlock the doors, the direction
indicators will flash once.
Note: If your vehicle has double locking, the
direction indicators will flash only when your
vehicle has been double locked.
Press the button twice within
three seconds.
34
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Locks
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
From Inside
Press the button to lock and
unlock all the doors. For item
location: See At a Glance (page
12). The lamp illuminates with the doors
locked.
Opening the Sliding Door From
Inside
Locking the Doors Individually
With the Key
Note: If the central locking function fails to
operate, the doors can be individually locked
using the key in the position shown.
Opening the Double Rear Doors
Left-hand Side
Turn clockwise to lock.
Right-hand Side
Turn counterclockwise to lock.
35
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Locks
Rear Emergency Exit
One-Stage Unlocking
You can turn this function on using the
information display. See Information
Displays (page 66).
When you use this feature, you will unlock
all doors including the liftgate and the
sliding door.
Note: The direction indicators will flash
once when you unlock the doors.
You will unlock all of the doors when you:
• Turn the key in the door lock.
• Pull either interior handle (except if you
have double locked the doors).
• Press the unlock button on the remote
control once.
• Press the interior unlock button once.
Pull the interior handle up to open the door
in an emergency.
Note: When you have double locked your
vehicle, the interior unlock button will only
work for a period of 20 seconds.
Automatic Locking
Your vehicle has the capability for the
doors to lock automatically when you
exceed 5 mph (8 km/h). You can turn this
function on using the information display.
See Information Displays (page 66). If
you have turned this function on, either use
the interior door unlock button or switch
the ignition off and use the key or remote
control to unlock the rear or sliding door.
Two-Stage Unlocking
Note: The direction indicators will flash
once when you unlock the doors.
You will unlock the front doors when you:
• Turn the key in the door lock.
• Pull either interior handle (except if you
have double locked the doors).
• Press the unlock button on the remote
control once.
• Press the interior unlock button once.
Automatic Re-Locking
The doors will re-lock automatically if you
do not open a door within 45 seconds of
unlocking the doors with the remote
control. The door locks and the alarm will
return to their previous state.
Note: When you have double locked your
vehicle, the interior unlock button will only
work for a period of 20 seconds.
Automatic Unlocking
You can turn this function on using the
information display. See Information
Displays (page 66). When enabled, the
automatic unlocking feature will unlock all
doors within 10 minutes of the end of a
drive cycle, when the driver door is opened
and the ignition is off.
36
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Locks
You will unlock all doors including the
liftgate and the sliding door when you:
• Turn the key in the door lock to the
unlock position twice within three
seconds.
• Press the unlock button on the remote
control twice within three seconds.
• Press the interior unlock button twice
within three seconds.
MANUAL LIFTGATE
WARNINGS
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
cargo area, inside or outside of your
vehicle. In a crash, people riding in
these areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride
in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and safety belts. Make
sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and properly using a safety belt. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
Note: When you have double locked your
vehicle, the interior unlock button will only
work for a period of 20 seconds.
Zone Re-Locking
Make sure that the liftgate is closed
and latched to prevent exhaust
fumes from being drawn into your
vehicle. This will also prevent passengers
and cargo from falling out. If you must drive
with the liftgate door open, keep your
vehicle well ventilated so outside air comes
into your vehicle. Failure to follow this
warning could result in serious personal
injury.
If you enable zone re-locking and open one
door, this will cause all other doors to
remain locked. See an authorized dealer
for further information.
The locks your vehicle are split into two
zones, cabin and cargo. The cargo area
comprises of the liftgate and the sliding
door.
•
•
Exit your vehicle and press the lock
button.
Press the unlock button or the luggage
compartment unlock button once to
open the respective zone.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
If you now open a door within the unlocked
zone, the other doors in that zone will
automatically lock.
Note: Do not hang anything from the
spoiler, rear window or liftgate, for example
a bike rack. This could damage the liftgate
and its components.
Configurable Unlocking
Opening and Closing the Liftgate
Configurable unlocking is set at the time
of vehicle purchase. It allows you to select
which doors unlock when you press the
unlock button or the luggage compartment
unlock button on your remote control once
or twice. You cannot turn this feature back
on if you have had it turned off. See an
authorized dealer for further information.
To Open the Liftgate
1.
Press the unlock button, or the tailgate
unlock button on the remote key.
37
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Locks
2. Press the button located in the top of
the liftgate pull cup handle to unlatch
the liftgate, then pull on the outside
handle.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while
driving.
To Close the Liftgate
38
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Security
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
ANTI-THEFT ALARM
Principle of Operation
Your vehicle may have one of the following
alarm systems:
• Category one alarm with interior
sensors and battery back-up sounder.
• Perimeter alarm.
Alarm System
The system prevents someone from
starting the engine with an incorrectly
coded key.
Note: Do not leave correctly coded keys in
the vehicle. Always take your keys and lock
all doors when leaving the vehicle.
Perimeter Alarm
The perimeter alarm is a deterrent against
unauthorized access to your vehicle
through the doors, luggage compartment
and the hood.
Coded Keys
If you lose a key, you can obtain a
replacement from an authorized dealer. If
possible, provide them with the key
number from the tag provided with the
original keys. You can also obtain extra
keys from an authorized dealer.
Interior Sensors
Note: Have all of your remaining keys
erased and recoded if you lose a key. Have
replacement keys coded together with
recoding your remaining keys. See an
authorized dealer for further information.
Note: Do not shield your keys with metal
objects. This may prevent the receiver from
recognizing a coded key.
Arming the Engine Immobilizer
Note: Do not cover the interior scanning
sensors.
When you switch the ignition off the engine
immobilizer will arm automatically after a
short time.
The sensors act as a deterrent against
unauthorized intrusion by sensing any
movement within your vehicle.
Disarming the Engine Immobilizer
Note: If your vehicle has a mesh bulkhead
or no bulkhead the sensors will scan the
complete interior. If your vehicle has any
other type of bulkhead the sensors will only
scan the cabin area.
When you switch the ignition on the engine
immobilizer will disarm automatically if a
correctly coded key is used.
If you are unable to start the engine with a
correctly coded key, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized dealer.
39
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Security
Battery Back-up Sounder
In full guard, the interior sensors are on
when you arm the alarm.
The battery back-up sounder is an
additional alarm system that will sound a
siren when the alarm is triggered. When
you lock your vehicle the system is armed.
The sounder has its own battery and will
sound an alarm siren even if someone
disconnects your vehicle battery or the
battery back-up sounder itself.
Note: The auxiliary heater can trigger false
alarms; always direct the airflow toward the
foot well when you use the auxiliary heater.
See Climate Control (page 76).
Reduced
In reduced, the interior sensors are off
when you arm the alarm.
Triggering the Alarm
Note: You can set the alarm to reduced for
the current ignition cycle only. The alarm
will reset to full guard the next time you
switch the ignition on.
Once armed, the alarm is triggered in any
of the following ways:
•
•
•
•
•
If someone opens a door, the liftgate
or the hood without a valid key or
remote control.
If someone removes the audio or
navigation system.
If you switch the ignition on without a
valid key.
If the interior sensors detect movement
within your vehicle.
On vehicles with a battery back-up
sounder, if someone disconnects your
vehicle battery or the battery back-up
sounder itself.
Selecting Full Guard or Reduced
You can select full guard or reduced using
the information display. See General
Information (page 66).
Note: Selecting reduced does not set the
alarm permanently to reduced. It sets it to
reduced only for the current ignition cycle.
If you regularly set the alarm to reduced,
select Ask on Exit.
Ask on Exit
You can set the information display to ask
you each time which level of guard you
wish to set.
If the alarm is triggered, the alarm horn will
sound for 30 seconds and the hazard
warning flashers will flash for five minutes.
If you select Ask on Exit, the message
Reduced appears in the information
display each time you switch the ignition
off. See Information Messages (page
71).
Any further attempts to perform one of the
above will trigger the alarm again.
Full Guard and Reduced
WARNING
If you wish to arm the alarm with the
reduced level, press the OK button when
this message appears.
Do not arm the alarm with full guard
if passengers, animals or other
moving objects are inside your
vehicle. This could trigger the alarm.
If you wish to arm the alarm with full guard,
leave your vehicle without pressing the OK
button.
Full Guard
Full guard is the standard setting.
40
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Security
Arming the Alarm
To arm the alarm, lock your vehicle. See
Locks (page 34).
Disarming the Alarm
Perimeter Alarm
Disarm and silence the alarm by unlocking
the doors with the key and switching the
ignition on with a correctly coded key or
unlocking the doors with the remote
control.
Category One Alarm
Disarm and silence the alarm by unlocking
the doors with the key and switching the
ignition on with a correctly coded key
within 12 seconds or unlocking the doors
with the remote control.
41
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Steering Wheel
ADJUSTING THE STEERING
WHEEL
WARNING
Do not adjust the steering wheel
when your vehicle is moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the
correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 88).
3. Lock the steering column.
AUDIO CONTROL
Select the required source on the audio
unit.
You can operate the following functions
with the control:
1. Unlock the steering column.
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
position.
42
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Steering Wheel
Type 1
Type 2
A
Volume up
B
Seek up, next or end call
C
Volume down
D
Seek down, previous or accept
call
A
Volume up
B
Seek up or next
C
Volume down
D
Seek down or previous
E
Mode
Press M to select the audio source.
Seek, Next or Previous
Press the seek button to:
• tune the radio to the next or previous
stored preset
• play the next or the previous track.
Press and hold the seek button to:
• tune the radio to the next station up or
down the frequency band
• seek through a track.
43
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Steering Wheel
VOICE CONTROL
INFORMATION DISPLAY
CONTROL
See Information Displays (page 66).
Press the button to select or deselect voice
control. See SYNC™ (page 228).
CRUISE CONTROL
See Cruise Control (page 129).
44
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Wipers and Washers
Intermittent Wipe
WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure you switch the windshield
wipers and ignition off before using an
automatic car wash.
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the
windshield, clean the windshield and the
wiper blades. If that does not resolve the
issue, install new wiper blades.
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry
windshield. This may scratch the glass,
damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper
motor to burn out. Always use the
windshield washers before wiping a dry
windshield.
A
Short wipe interval
B
Intermittent wipe
C
Long wipe interval
Use the rotary control to adjust the
intermittent wipe interval.
Speed Dependent Wipers (If Equipped)
When your vehicle speed increases, the
interval between wipes decreases.
AUTOWIPERS
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
you switch the windshield wipers on.
A
Single wipe
B
Intermittent wipe
C
Normal wipe
D
High speed wipe
Note: Make sure you switch the windshield
wipers and ignition off before using an
automatic car wash.
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the
windshield, clean the windshield and the
wiper blades. If that does not resolve the
issue, install new wiper blades.
Note: If you switch autolamps and
autowipers on, the headlamps will
automatically turn on when the windshield
wipers continuously operate.
45
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Wipers and Washers
Note: During wet or winter driving
conditions with ice, snow or a salty road
mist, inconsistent or unexpected wiping or
smearing may occur.
Keep the outside of the windshield clean.
The rain sensor is very sensitive and the
wipers may operate if dirt, mist or insects
hit the windshield.
In these conditions, you can do the
following:
• Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers
to reduce the amount of smearing on
the windshield.
• Switch to normal or high-speed wipe.
• Switch autowipers off.
WINDSHIELD WASHERS
Note: Do not operate the washers when
the washer reservoir is empty. This may
cause the washer pump to overheat.
Note: Do not operate the washers for more
than 10 seconds at a time.
To use the washer, pull the lever toward
you.
A
High sensitivity
B
On
C
Low sensitivity
When you release the lever, wiping will
continue for a short period of time.
REAR WINDOW WIPER AND
WASHERS
Autowipers uses a rain sensor located in
the area around the interior mirror. The rain
sensor monitors the amount of moisture
on the windshield and automatically turns
the wipers on. It will adjust the wiper speed
by the amount of moisture that the sensor
detects on the windshield.
Rear Window Wiper
Note: Make sure you switch the rear
window wiper and ignition off before using
an automatic car wash.
Use the rotary control to adjust the
sensitivity of the autowipers. When you
select low sensitivity, the wipers will
operate when the sensor detects a large
amount of water on the windshield. When
you select high sensitivity, the wipers will
operate when the sensor detects a small
amount of water on the windshield.
46
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Wipers and Washers
A
Intermittent wipe
B
Low speed wipe
C
Off
Press the top of the button to switch
intermittent wipe on. Press the top of the
button again to switch low speed wipe on.
Press the bottom of the button to switch
the rear window wiper off.
When you switch on the front wipers and
move the gearshift lever to reverse (R),
rear intermittent wipe will automatically
turn on.
Rear Window Washer
Push the lever away from you to operate
the rear window washer. The washer will
operate for as long as you push the lever
away from you. When you release the
lever, wiping will continue for a short period
of time.
47
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Lighting
GENERAL INFORMATION
LIGHTING CONTROL
Condensation in Lamp Assemblies
Lighting Control Positions
Exterior lamps have vents to
accommodate normal changes in air
pressure.
Condensation can be a natural by-product
of this design. When moist air enters the
lamp assembly through the vents, there is
a possibility that condensation can occur
when the temperature is cold. When
normal condensation occurs, a fine mist
can form on the interior of the lens. The
fine mist eventually clears and exits
through the vents during normal operation.
Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours
under dry weather conditions.
A
Off
Examples of acceptable condensation are:
• The presence of a fine mist (no streaks,
drip marks or large droplets).
• A fine mist covers less than 50% of the
lens.
B
Parking lamps, instrument panel
lamps, license plate lamps and
tail lamps
C
Headlamps
Parking Lamps
Examples of unacceptable condensation
are:
• A water puddle inside the lamp.
• Streaks, drip marks or large droplets
present on the interior of the lens.
Note: Prolonged use of the parking lamps
will cause the battery to run out of charge.
Switch the ignition off.
Both Sides
If you see any unacceptable condensation,
have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer.
Set the lighting control to position B.
48
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Lighting
Headlamp Flasher
One Side
Pull the lever toward you slightly and
release it to flash the headlamps.
A
Right-hand side
Home Safe Lighting
B
Left-hand side
Switching the System On
Switch the ignition off and pull the
direction indicator lever toward the
steering wheel. A tone will sound.
High Beams
Switching the System Off
It will turn off automatically after three
minutes with a door open or 30 seconds
after the last door closes. Alternatively,
pull the direction indicator lever toward
the steering wheel or switch the ignition
on.
Push the lever forward to switch the high
beams on.
AUTOLAMPS
Push the lever forward again or pull the
lever toward you to switch the high beams
off.
49
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Lighting
The headlamps will switch on and off
automatically in low light situations or
during inclement weather.
INSTRUMENT LIGHTING
DIMMER
The headlamps will remain on for a period
of time after you switch the ignition off.
Use the information display controls to
adjust the period of time that the
headlamps will remain on. See
Information Displays (page 66).
When the headlamp switch is in the
Autolamps position, the windshield wiper
activated exterior lamps will turn on within
10 seconds when you switch the
windshield wipers on. The exterior lamps
will turn off approximately 60 seconds
after you switch the windshield wipers off.
This feature does not turn on the exterior
lamps:
• during a mist wipe
• while the wipers are on to clear washer
fluid during a wash condition
• if the wipers are in automatic or
intermittent modes.
Press it repeatedly or press it and hold it
until the desired level is reached.
Note: If you disconnect the battery or it
loses charge the instrument lighting will
return to its brightest setting.
Note: If you have autolamps and
autowipers switched on the low beam
headlamps will turn on automatically when
the windshield wipers operate continuously.
HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY
After you switch the ignition off, you can
switch the headlamps on by pulling the
direction indicator lever toward you. You
will hear a short tone. The headlamps will
switch off automatically after three
minutes with any door open or 30 seconds
after the last door has been closed. You
can cancel this feature by pulling the
direction indicator toward you again or
switching the ignition on.
Note: You may have to manually switch
the headlamps on in severe weather
conditions.
Note: If you have autolamps switched on
you can only switch the high beam
headlamps on once the system has turned
the headlamps on.
50
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Lighting
DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS
REAR FOG LAMPS
WARNING
Always remember to switch your
headlamps on in low light situations
or during inclement weather. The
system does not activate the tail lamps
and may not provide adequate lighting
during these conditions. Failure to activate
your headlamps under these conditions
may result in a collision.
To switch the system on:
Press the control to switch the fog lamps
on or off.
1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Switch the lighting control to the off or
autolamp position.
You can only switch the rear fog lamps on
when either the front fog lamps or low
beam headlamps are on.
FRONT FOG LAMPS
Note: Only use the rear fog lamps when
visibility is less than 164 feet (50 meters).
Note: Do not use the rear fog lamps when
it is raining or snowing.
Note: If you switch autolamps on, you can
only switch the fog lamps on once
autolamps has turned the headlamps on.
HEADLAMP LEVELING
Adjust the level of the headlamp beams
according to your vehicle load.
Press the control to switch the fog lamps
on or off.
Set the headlamp leveling control to zero
when your vehicle is unloaded. Set the
headlamp beams to give between 115 feet
and 330 feet (35 meters and 100 meters)
of road surface illumination when your
vehicle is partially or fully loaded.
You can switch the fog lamps on when the
lighting control is in any position except
off.
Note: Only use fog lamps during reduced
visibility, for example, fog, snow or heavy
rain.
To adjust the level of the headlamp
beams:
Note: If you switch autolamps on, you can
only switch the fog lamps on once
autolamps has turned the headlamps on.
51
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Lighting
1. Press to release the control.
2. Rotate the control to the required
setting.
3. Press to close the control.
CORNERING LAMPS
A
Headlamp beam
B
Cornering lamp beam
The cornering lamps illuminate the inside
of a corner when you are turning.
52
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Lighting
If you set the switch to position B, the
courtesy lamp will switch on when you
unlock your vehicle, open a door or the
liftgate. If you leave a door open with the
ignition switched off, the courtesy lamp
will switch off automatically after a short
period of time to prevent your vehicle
battery from losing charge. To switch it
back on, switch the ignition on for a short
period of time.
DIRECTION INDICATORS
The courtesy lamp will also switch on
when you switch the ignition off. It will
switch off automatically after a short
period of time or when you start the engine.
If you set the switch to position C with the
ignition switched off, the courtesy lamp
will switch on. It will switch off
automatically after a short period of time
to prevent your vehicle battery from losing
charge. To switch it back on, switch the
ignition on for a short period of time.
Push the lever up or down to use the
direction indicators.
Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the
direction indicators flash three times to
indicate a lane change.
INTERIOR LAMPS - VEHICLES
WITHOUT: PANORAMIC ROOF
PANEL
Reading Lamps
Courtesy Lamp
If you switch the ignition off, the reading
lamps will switch off automatically after
a short period of time to prevent your
vehicle battery from losing charge. To
switch them back on, switch the ignition
on for a short period of time.
A
Off
B
Door contact
Luggage Compartment Lamp
C
On
The luggage compartment lamp will
switch on and off automatically when you
open and close the doors. If you unlock the
doors with the remote control, they will
switch on. They will switch off
automatically after a short period of time.
53
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Lighting
Center Mounted Lamp
INTERIOR LAMPS - VEHICLES
WITH: PANORAMIC ROOF
PANEL
Side Mounted Lamp
A
Reading lamp on and off switch
B
Door function switch
C
All lamps on and off switch
A
Right-hand side reading lamp on
and off switch
B
Left-hand side reading lamp on
and off switch
C
Door function switch
D
All lamps on and off switch
Press switch C to turn all lamps off when
a door is open. Press the switch again to
turn all lamps on.
Press switch B to turn all lamps off when
a door is open. Press the switch again to
turn all lamps on.
You can control all lamps using switch D.
Luggage Compartment Lamp
You can control all lamps using switch C.
The luggage compartment lamp will
switch on and off automatically when you
open and close the doors. If you unlock the
doors with the remote control, they will
switch on. They will switch off
automatically after a short period of time.
54
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Windows and Mirrors
Accessory Delay (If Equipped)
POWER WINDOWS - VEHICLES
WITH: ONE-TOUCH DOWN
DRIVER WINDOW
You can use the window switches for
several minutes when you switch the
ignition off or until you open either front
door.
WARNINGS
Do not leave children unattended in
your vehicle and do not let them play
with the power windows. They may
seriously injure themselves.
POWER WINDOWS - VEHICLES
WITH: REAR POWER
WINDOWS
When closing the power windows,
you should verify they are free of
obstructions and make sure that
children and pets are not in the proximity
of the window openings.
WARNINGS
Do not leave children unattended in
your vehicle and do not let them play
with the power windows. They may
seriously injure themselves.
When closing the power windows,
you should verify they are free of
obstructions and make sure that
children and pets are not in the proximity
of the window openings.
Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when
just one of the windows is open. Lower the
opposite window slightly to reduce this
noise.
Press the switch to open the window.
Lift the switch to close the window.
Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when
just one of the windows is open. Lower the
opposite window slightly to reduce this
noise.
One-Touch Down (If Equipped)
Press the switch fully and release it. Press
again or lift it to stop the window.
Press the switch to open the window.
Lift the switch to close the window.
55
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Windows and Mirrors
One-Touch Down (If Equipped)
Proceed as follows to override this
protection feature when there is a
resistance, for example in winter:
Press the switch fully and release it. Press
again or lift it to stop the window.
1.
Close the window twice until it reaches
the point of resistance and let it
reverse.
2. Close the window a third time to the
point of resistance. The bounce-back
feature is now disabled and you can
close the window manually. The
window will go past the point of
resistance and you can close it fully.
One-Touch Up (If Equipped)
Lift the switch fully and release it. Press or
lift it again to stop the window.
Window Lock
See an authorized dealer as soon as
possible if the window does not close after
the third attempt.
Resetting the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING
The bounce-back feature remains
turned off until you reset the
memory.
If you have disconnected the battery, you
must reset the bounce-back memory
separately for each window.
Press the control to lock or unlock the rear
window controls. It will illuminate when
the rear window controls are locked.
1.
2.
3.
Bounce-Back (If Equipped)
The window will stop automatically while
closing. It will reverse some distance if
there is an obstacle in the way.
4.
Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature
5.
6.
WARNING
When you override the bounce-back
feature the window will not reverse
if it detects an obstacle. Take care
when closing the windows to avoid
personal injury or damage to your vehicle.
7.
8.
Lift and hold the switch until the
window is fully closed.
Release the switch.
Lift the switch again for one more
second.
Press and hold the switch until the
window is fully open.
Release the switch.
Lift and hold the switch until the
window is fully closed.
Open the window and then try to close
it automatically.
Reset and repeat the procedure if the
window does not close automatically.
56
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Windows and Mirrors
Accessory Delay (If Equipped)
Press the lock or unlock button to stop the
opening function.
You can use the window switches for
several minutes after you have switched
the ignition off or until either front door is
opened.
Global Closing (If Equipped)
WARNING
Take care when using global closing.
Failure to follow this warning could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death. In an emergency, press the lock or
unlock button immediately to stop.
GLOBAL OPENING AND
CLOSING
You can also operate the power windows
with the ignition off using the global
opening and global closing function.
Note: Global opening will only operate for
a short period of time after you have
unlocked your vehicle using the remote
control.
Note: Global closing will only operate if you
have set the memory correctly for each
window. See Power Windows (page 55).
Global Opening (If Equipped)
To close all the windows, press and hold
the remote control lock button for at least
three seconds. Press the lock or unlock
button to stop the closing function. The
bounce-back function is also on during
global closing.
EXTERIOR MIRRORS
Power Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
WARNING
To open all the windows:
Do not adjust the mirrors when your
vehicle is moving. This could result
in the loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
1.
Press and release the remote control
unlock button.
2. Press and hold the remote control
unlock button for at least three
seconds.
57
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Windows and Mirrors
Note: Continuous folding and unfolding of
the mirrors will cause them to overheat and
shut down for a short time. This is to avoid
permanent damage.
A
Left-hand mirror
B
Off
C
Right-hand mirror
Press the down arrow to fold or unfold the
mirrors.
Press the down arrow again to stop and
reverse the direction of movement.
Press the arrows to adjust the mirror.
Note: Continuous folding and unfolding of
the mirrors will cause them to overheat and
shut down for a short time. This is to avoid
permanent damage.
Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of
any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning
products.
Fold Away Exterior Mirrors
Automatic Folding and Unfolding
Push the mirror toward the door window
glass. Make sure that you fully engage the
mirror in its support when returning it to its
original position.
The mirrors will automatically fold or
unfold when you use the key to lock or
unlock your vehicle.
Note: If you fold the mirrors using the
manual fold button, you can only unfold
them again manually.
INTERIOR MIRROR
Manual Folding and Unfolding
WARNING
Do not adjust the mirror when your
vehicle is moving.
The power folding mirrors operate with the
ignition on, and for several minutes after
you switch the ignition off.
Note: You can only fold the mirrors when
the controller is set to position B.
Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of
any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning
products.
58
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Windows and Mirrors
Opening and Closing the Sun
Shade
You can adjust the interior mirror to your
preference. Some mirrors also have a
second pivot point. This lets you move the
mirror head up or down and from side to
side.
Pull the tab below the mirror toward you
to reduce glare at night.
Auto-Dimming Mirror (If Equipped)
Note: Do not block the sensors on the front
and back of the mirror. Mirror performance
may be affected. A rear center passenger or
raised rear center head restraint may also
block light from reaching the sensor.
Fully press and release the front of the
control to open the sun shade.
Fully press and release the rear of the
control to close the sun shade.
The mirror will dim automatically to reduce
glare when bright lights are detected from
behind your vehicle. It will automatically
return to normal reflection when you select
reverse gear to make sure you have a clear
view when backing up.
Bounce-Back
The sun shade will stop automatically
while closing. It will reverse some distance
if there is an obstacle in the way.
Sun Shade Relearning
SUN SHADES - VEHICLES
WITH: PANORAMIC ROOF
PANEL
WARNING
The bounce-back function is not
active during this procedure. Make
sure that there are no obstacles in
the way of the moving sun shade.
WARNINGS
Do not let children play with the sun
shade or leave them unattended in
the vehicle. They may seriously hurt
themselves.
Note: You must start the relearning process
within 30 seconds of switching the ignition
on.
When closing the sun shade, you
should verify that it is free of
obstructions and make sure that
children and pets are not in the proximity
of the sunshade.
In case the sun shade no longer opens or
closes properly, follow this relearning
procedure:
1.
Press the front of the control to the first
action point twice and release it within
two seconds.
2. Press the rear of the control to the first
action point twice and release it within
two seconds.
3. Press and hold the front of the control
to the first action point, until the sun
shade fully opens.
The control is located in the overhead
console.
The sun shade has a one-touch open and
close feature. To stop motion during
one-touch operation, press the control a
second time.
59
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Windows and Mirrors
4. Press and hold the rear of the control
to the first action point, until the sun
shade fully closes.
If you do not complete Step 2 within 15
seconds of Step 1, the relearning function
end. Switch the ignition off, wait for
another 30 seconds and then switch the
ignition back on again. Start the procedure
again from the beginning.
Confirm that relearning was successful by
opening and closing the sun shade.
60
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Instrument Cluster
GAUGES
A
Information display
B
Speedometer
C
Engine coolant temperature gauge
D
Fuel gauge
E
Tachometer
Vehicle Settings and Personalization
Information Display
See Personalized Settings (page 70).
Odometer
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
Located in the bottom of the information
display, it registers the accumulated
distance your vehicle has traveled.
WARNING
Outside Air Temperature
Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap while the engine is running or hot.
Steam and scalding liquids released
from a hot cooling system can cause burns.
Shows the outside air temperature.
Trip Computer
See Trip Computer (page 70).
At normal operating temperature, the
needle will remain in the center section.
61
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Instrument Cluster
Battery Warning Lamp
If the needle enters the red section, the
engine is overheating. Stop the engine,
switch the ignition off and determine the
cause once the engine has cooled down.
See Engine Coolant Check (page 167).
If it illuminates when driving, this
indicates a malfunction. Switch
off all unnecessary electrical
equipment. Have your vehicle checked by
an authorized dealer immediately.
Note: Do not restart the engine until the
cause of overheating has been resolved.
Brake System Warning Lamp
Fuel Gauge
WARNING
Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge will
indicate approximately how much remains
in the fuel tank. The fuel gauge may vary
slightly when your vehicle is moving or on
a gradient. The arrow adjacent to the fuel
pump symbol indicates on which side of
the vehicle the fuel filler door is located.
Driving your vehicle with the warning
lamp on is dangerous. A significant
decrease in braking performance
may occur. It will take you longer to stop
your vehicle. Have your vehicle checked by
an authorized dealer immediately. Driving
extended distances with the parking brake
engaged can cause brake failure and the
risk of personal injury.
WARNING LAMPS AND
INDICATORS
It will illuminate when you
engage the parking brake with
the ignition on.
The following warning lamps and
indicators will alert you to a vehicle
condition that may become serious. Some
lamps will illuminate when you start your
vehicle to make sure they work. If any
lamps remain on after starting your vehicle,
refer to the respective system warning
lamp for further information.
If it illuminates when you are driving, check
that the parking brake is not engaged. If
the parking brake is not engaged, this
indicates low brake fluid level or a brake
system malfunction. Have your vehicle
checked by an authorized dealer
immediately.
Note: Some warning indicators appear in
the information display and function the
same as a warning lamp but do not display
when you start your vehicle.
Cruise Control Indicator
It will illuminate when you switch
this feature on. See Using
Cruise Control (page 129).
Anti-Lock Braking System Warning
Lamp
If it illuminates when you are
driving, this indicates a
malfunction. You will continue
to have the normal braking system
(without anti-lock braking system) unless
the brake system warning lamp is also
illuminated. Have your vehicle checked by
an authorized dealer.
Direction Indicator
Illuminates when the left or right
direction indicator or the hazard
warning flasher is turned on. If
the indicators stay on or flash faster, check
for a burnt out bulb. See Changing a Bulb
(page 170).
62
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Instrument Cluster
Engine Oil Warning Lamp
If both lamps illuminate together, stop your
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so
(continued use may cause reduced power
and cause the engine to stop). Switch the
ignition off and attempt to restart the
engine. If the engine restarts have your
vehicle checked by an authorized dealer
immediately. When the engine does not
restart have your vehicle checked by an
authorized dealer.
WARNING
Do not resume your journey if it
illuminates despite the level being
correct. Have your vehicle checked
by an authorized dealer immediately.
If it illuminates with the engine
running or when you are driving,
this indicates a malfunction.
Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to
do so and switch the engine off. Check the
engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check
(page 166).
Fasten Safety Belt Warning Lamp
It will illuminate and a chime will
sound to remind you to fasten
your safety belt. See Safety
Belt Minder (page 28).
Engine Warning Lamps
Front Airbag Warning Lamp
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
If it fails to illuminate when you
start your vehicle, continues to
flash or remains on, it indicates
a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked
by an authorized dealer.
Powertrain Warning Lamp
All Vehicles
Front Fog Lamps Indicator
If either lamp illuminates when the engine
is running, this indicates a malfunction. The
engine will continue to run but it may have
limited power. If it flashes when you are
driving, reduce the speed of your vehicle
immediately. If it continues to flash, avoid
heavy acceleration or deceleration. Have
your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer immediately.
It will illuminate when you switch
the front fog lamps on.
Frost warning lamp
WARNING
Even if the temperature rises to
above 39°F (4°C) there is no
guarantee that the road is free of
hazards caused by inclement weather.
WARNING
Have this checked immediately.
It will illuminate when the
outside air temperature is 39°F
(4°C) or below.
63
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Instrument Cluster
Glow Plug Indicator
Shift Indicator
See Starting a Diesel Engine
(page 102).
It will illuminate to inform you
that shifting to a higher or lower
gear as indicated may give
better fuel economy and lower
CO2 emissions. It will not
illuminate during periods of high
acceleration, braking or when
the clutch pedal is pressed.
High Beam Indicator
It will illuminate when you switch
the high beam headlamps on. It
will flash when you use the
headlamp flasher.
Stability Control Off Indicator
Information Indicator
It will illuminate when you switch
the system off. It will go out
when you switch the system
back on or when you switch the ignition
off.
It will illuminate when a new
message is stored in the
information display. It will be red
or amber in color depending on the severity
of the message and will remain on until the
cause of the message has been rectified.
See Information Messages (page 71).
Stability Control Warning Lamp
It will flash when the system is
active. If it remains illuminated
or does not illuminate when you
switch the ignition on, this indicates a
malfunction. During a malfunction the
system will switch off. Have your vehicle
checked by an authorized dealer
immediately.
Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp
If it illuminates, refuel as soon as
possible.
Headlamp and Parking Lamp
Indicator
Start-Stop Indicator
It will illuminate when you switch
the headlamps or parking lamps
on.
It will illuminate to inform you
when the engine shuts down or
in conjunction with a message.
See Auto-Start-Stop (page 105). See
Information Messages (page 71).
Rear Fog Lamps Indicator
It will illuminate when you switch
the rear fog lamps on.
AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND
INDICATORS - AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
Key in Ignition Warning Chime
Sounds when you open the driver door and
you have left the key in the ignition with it
in the off or accessory position.
64
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Instrument Cluster
Headlamps On Warning Chime
Sounds when you remove the key from the
ignition and open the driver door and you
have left the headlamps or parking lamps
on.
Parking Brake On Warning Chime
Sounds when you have left the parking
brake on and drive your vehicle. If the
warning chime remains on after you have
released the parking brake, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized dealer
immediately.
Automatic Transmission Warning
Chime
Sounds when you have not moved the
transmission selector lever to park. A
message will be shown in the display.
AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND
INDICATORS - MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
Key in Ignition Warning Chime
Sounds when you open the driver door and
you have left the key in the ignition with it
in the off or accessory position.
Headlamps On Warning Chime
Sounds when you remove the key from the
ignition and open the driver door and you
have left the headlamps or parking lamps
on.
Parking Brake On Warning Chime
Sounds when you have left the parking
brake on and drive your vehicle. If the
warning chime remains on after you have
released the parking brake, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized dealer
immediately.
65
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Information Displays
You can use the information display
control on the steering wheel to adjust
various system settings on your vehicle.
The instrument panel will display the
system settings.
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any handheld device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
•
•
•
•
Press the up or down arrow buttons to
scroll through and highlight the options
within a menu.
Press the right arrow button to enter a
submenu.
Press the left arrow button to exit a
submenu.
Press the OK button to choose and
confirm settings or messages.
Menu Structure - Information
Display
Information Display Controls
Note: Some options may appear slightly
different or not at all if the items are
optional.
Trip computer
1
Trip odometer
Dist to empty
Instant fuel
Average fuel
66
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Information Displays
Trip computer
1
Average speed
All values
1
See Trip Computer (page 70).
Settings
Lighting
Display
Chimes
Convenience
Rain light
On or Off
Auto highbeam
On or Off
Hdlamp delay
Manual or xx Seconds
Language
Choose your applicable
setting
Measure unit
Choose your applicable
setting
Temp unit
Choose your applicable
setting
Information
On or Off
Warning
On or Off
Aux heater
On or Off
Park heater
Time 1
Time 2
Once
Heat now
Locks
Auto lock
Auto unlock
Global unlock
Custom locking
Full guard
67
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Information Displays
Settings
Alarm system
Reduced guard
Ask on exit
System reset
Hold OK to Reset System to
Factory Default
Menu Structure - Information and
Entertainment Display
System Check
Active warnings will display first. The
system check menu may appear different
based upon equipment options and current
vehicle status. Press the up or down arrow
buttons to scroll through the list.
SYNC-Media allows you to access the
SYNC features.
Note: Some options may appear slightly
different or not at all if the items are
optional.
SYNC-Phone
Dial a number
Redial
Phonebook
Call history
Incoming calls
Outgoing calls
Missed calls
Speed Dial
Text messaging
BT Devices
Phone settings
Set as master
Phonebook pref.
Set ringtone
Phone status
Text msg notify
Emerg. Assist.
68
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Information Displays
Menu
SYNC-Settings
Bluetooth on
Set defaults
Master reset
Install on SYNC
System info
Voice settings
Browse USB
SYNC-Apps
Audio settings
Adaptive volume
Sound
DSP settings
DSP equaliser
TA
News
Alt. frequency
RDS regional
DAB service link
Vehicle settings
Traction Control
ESC
Hill start assist
Alarm system
Powerfold mirrors
Indicator
Chimes
Clock settings
Auto time (GPS)
Set time
69
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Information Displays
Menu
Set date
Set time zone
Summer time
24-hour mode
Average Fuel
CLOCK
Indicates the average fuel consumption
since the function was last reset.
Type 1
Digital Speedometer
To adjust the clock, switch the ignition on
and press buttons H or M on the
information and entertainment display as
necessary.
The speed your vehicle is traveling at will
display as a digital number.
Type 2
PERSONALIZED SETTINGS
Note: Use the information display to adjust
the clock. See General Information (page
66).
Measure Units
To swap between imperial and metric
units, scroll to this display and press the
OK button.
TRIP COMPUTER
Switching Chimes Off
Resetting the Trip Computer
To switch chimes off, scroll to this display
and press the OK button.
Press and hold OK on the current screen
to reset the respective trip, distance, time
and average fuel information.
The following chimes can be switched off:
• Warning messages.
• Information messages.
Trip Odometer
Registers the distance traveled of
individual journeys.
Distance to Empty
Indicates the approximate distance your
vehicle will travel on the fuel remaining in
the tank. Changes in driving pattern may
cause the value to vary.
70
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Information Displays
Certain messages need to be confirmed
before you can access the menus.
INFORMATION MESSAGES
The message indicator
illuminates to supplement some
messages. It will be red or amber
depending on the severity of the message
and will remain on until the cause of the
message has been rectified.
Some messages will be supplemented by
a system specific symbol with a message
indicator.
Note: Depending on the options on your
vehicle, not all of the messages will display
or be available. Certain messages may be
abbreviated or shortened depending upon
which instrument cluster type you have.
Press the OK button to acknowledge and
remove some messages from the
information display. Other messages will
be removed automatically after a short
time.
Airbag
Message
Message Indicator
Action
Airbag fault
Service now
Amber
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Message
Message Indicator
Action
Alarm activated
Check Vehicle
Amber
Displays when the alarm has been triggered
due to unauthorized entry. See Anti-Theft
Alarm (page 39).
Alarm fault
Service required
-
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Alarm
71
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Information Displays
Battery and Charging System
Message
Message Indicator
Action
Electrical system overvoltage
Stop safely
Red
Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do
so and switch the ignition off. Have your
vehicle checked by an authorized dealer as
soon as possible.
Battery low
See manual
Amber
Displays to warn of a low battery condition.
Turn off all unnecessary electrical
accessories. Have your vehicle checked by
an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Message
Message Indicator
Action
Driver door open
Red
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon
as safely possible and close.
Driver side rear door open
Red
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon
as safely possible and close.
Passenger door open
Red
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon
as safely possible and close.
Passenger side rear door
open
Red
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon
as safely possible and close.
Hood open
Red
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon
as safely possible and close.
Rear load compartment
door open
Red
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon
as safely possible and close.
Emergency rear door
open
Red
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon
as safely possible and close.
Driver door open
-
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Driver side rear door open
-
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Passenger door open
-
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Passenger side rear door
open
-
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Doors Open
72
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Information Displays
Message
Message Indicator
Action
Hood open
-
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Rear load compartment
door open
-
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Emergency rear door
open
-
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Message
Message Indicator
Action
Engine fault
Service now
Amber
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
High engine temperature
Stop safely
Red
Displays when the engine temperature is
too high. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is
safe to do so, switch the ignition off and
allow the engine to cool. If the problem
persists, have your vehicle checked by an
authorized dealer as soon as possible. See
Engine Coolant Check (page 167).
Message
Message Indicator
Action
Hill start assist not available
Amber
Displays when hill start assist is not available. Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized dealer as soon as possible. See
Hill Start Assist (page 120).
Engine
Hill Start Assist
73
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Information Displays
Lighting
Message
Message Indicator
Action
Brake lamp Bulb fault
-
Displays when the brake lamp bulb has
burned out. See Changing a Bulb (page
170).
Low beam Bulb fault
-
Displays when the low beam headlamp
bulb has burned out. See Changing a Bulb
(page 170).
Headlamp fault
Service required
Amber
Displays when an electrical system problem
occurs with the headlamp system. Have
your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Message
Message Indicator
Action
Oil change required
-
Displays when the engine oil life is depleted
and requires a change. See Engine Oil
Check (page 166).
Brake fluid level low
Service now
Red
Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the
brake system should be inspected immediately. See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check
(page 168). Have your vehicle checked by
an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Washer fluid level low
-
Displays when the washer fluid is low and
needs to be refilled. See Washer Fluid
Check (page 168).
Message
Message Indicator
Action
Parking aid fault
Service required
Amber
Displays when the system has detected a
fault that requires service. Have your vehicle
checked by an authorized dealer as soon
as possible. See (page 124).
Maintenance
Parking Aid
74
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Information Displays
Parking Brake
Message
Message Indicator
Action
Park brake applied
Red
Displays when the parking brake is set, the
engine is running and your vehicle speed is
above 3 mph (5 km/h). If the warning stays
on after the parking brake is released, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Message
Message Indicator
Action
Press brake to start
-
Displays when you start your vehicle as a
reminder to apply the brake.
Cranking time exceeded
-
Displays when your vehicle fails to start.
Message
Message Indicator
Action
Traction control off
-
Displays when you switch the traction
control system off. See Using Traction
Control (page 122).
Starting System
Traction Control
75
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Climate Control
Air Conditioning
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The system directs air through the
evaporator for cooling. The evaporator
extracts humidity from the air to help keep
the windows free of mist. The system
directs the resulting condensation to the
outside of your vehicle, which may cause
a small pool to form under your vehicle.
This is normal.
Outside Air
Keep the air intakes in front of the
windshield free from obstruction (such as
snow or leaves) to allow the climate
control system to function effectively.
Recirculated Air
Note: The air conditioning operates only
when the temperature is above 39°F (4°C).
WARNING
Prolonged use of recirculated air may
cause the windows to mist up. If the
windows mist up, follow the settings
for demisting the windshield.
Note: When you use air conditioning, your
vehicle uses more fuel.
AIR VENTS
The air currently in the passenger
compartment recirculates. Outside air does
not enter your vehicle.
Center Air Vents
Heating
Heating performance depends on the
temperature of the engine coolant.
General Information on Controlling
the Interior Climate
Fully close all the windows.
Warming the Interior
Direct the air toward your feet. In cold or
humid weather conditions, direct some of
the air toward the windshield and the door
windows.
Cooling the Interior
Direct the air toward your face.
To close the air vent turn the airflow dial
to the closed position.
76
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Climate Control
Side Air Vents
To close the air vent slide the airflow
direction control down.
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL
77
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Climate Control
A
Fan speed control: Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle. Adjust
to select the desired fan speed or switch off. If you switch the fan off, the
windshield may fog up.
B
Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air and
recirculated air. When you select recirculated air, the button illuminates and
the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This can reduce
the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering
your vehicle.
C
Temperature control: Controls the temperature of the air circulated in your
vehicle. Adjust to select the desired temperature. If you select MAX A/C, the
system distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel air vents. This
mode is more economical and efficient than normal air conditioning. When the
temperature control is in the MAX A/C position, the air conditioning or
recirculated air can be turned on and off.
D
Air conditioning: Press the button to switch the air conditioning on or off. Air
conditioning cools your vehicle using outside air. To improve the performance
of the air conditioning, drive with the widows slightly open for the first two or
three minutes.
E
Air distribution control: Adjust to select the desired air distribution.
Select to distribute air through
the instrument panel air vents.
Select to distribute air through
the windshield air vents. You can
also use this setting to defog and
clear the windshield of a thin covering of
ice. You can also increase the temperature
and fan speed to improve clearing.
Select to distribute air through
the instrument panel and
footwell air vents.
When the temperature is above 4°C
(39°F), the air conditioning will switch on
automatically. Make sure that the blower
is on. The indicator in the switch will
illuminate during defrosting and demisting.
Select to distribute air through
the footwell air vents.
Select to distribute air through
the windshield and footwell air
vents.
78
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Climate Control
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL
A
AUTO: Press the button to select automatic operation. The system
automatically controls the temperature, amount and distribution of the airflow
to reach and maintain your previously selected temperature.
B
Fan speed: Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle. Press the
buttons to select the desired fan speed. The setting is shown in the display.
C
On and off button: Press the button to switch the system on and off.
D
MAX Defrost: Press the button to distribute outside air through the windshield
air vents. Air conditioning is automatically selected. The fan is set to the highest
speed and the temperature to HI. When the air distribution is set in this position
you are unable to select recirculated air or manually adjust the temperature
control. Press the AUTO button to return to auto mode.
E
MAX A/C: Press the button to distribute maximum air conditioning through
the instrument panel air vents. This mode is more economical and efficient
than normal air conditioning.
F
Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air and
recirculated air. The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates.
This can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors
from entering your vehicle.
G
Defrost: Press the button to distribute air through the windshield air vents. You
can also use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of
ice.
H
Instrument panel: Press the button to distribute air through the instrument
panel air vents.
79
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Climate Control
I
Footwell: Press the button to distribute air through the footwell air vents.
J
Air conditioning: Press the button to switch the air conditioning on or off. Air
conditioning cools your vehicle using outside air. To improve air conditioning
when starting your vehicle, drive with the windows slightly open for two to three
minutes.
Switching Mono Mode Off
Temperature Control
Select a temperature for the passenger
side using the rotary control on the
passenger side. Mono mode automatically
switches off. The temperature on the driver
side remains unchanged. You can now
adjust the driver side and passenger side
temperatures independently. The
temperature settings for each side are
shown in the display.
Switching Mono Mode Back On
Press and hold the AUTO button. The
passenger side temperature is adjusted to
the driver side temperature setting.
You can set the temperature between
60°F (15.5°C) and 85°F (29.5°C). In
position LO, the system switches to
permanent cooling. In position HI, the
system switches to permanent heating.
HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE
INTERIOR CLIMATE
Note: If you select either position LO or HI,
the system does not regulate a stable
temperature.
General Hints
Mono Mode
Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may
cause the windows to fog up.
In this mode, the temperature settings for
both the driver side and passenger side are
linked. If you adjust the setting using the
rotary control on the driver side, the system
adjusts the temperature to the same
setting on the passenger side.
Note: A small amount of air may be felt
from the footwell air vents regardless of the
air distribution setting.
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside
your vehicle, do not drive with the system
switched off or with recirculated air always
switched on.
Note: Do not place objects under the front
seats as this may interfere with the airflow
to the rear seats.
Note: Keep the air intakes in front of the
windshield free from obstruction (such as
snow or leaves) to allow the climate control
system to function effectively.
80
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Climate Control
Vehicle Stationary for Extended
Periods During Extreme High
Ambient Temperatures
Note: To reduce fogging of the windshield
during humid weather, adjust the air
distribution control to the windshield air
vents position. Increase the temperature
and fan speed and press the A/C button to
improve clearing, if required.
•
•
Heating the Interior Quickly
•
•
•
•
Adjust the fan speed to the highest
speed setting.
Adjust the temperature control to the
highest setting.
Adjust the air distribution control to the
footwell air vents position.
•
Side Window Defogging in Cold
Weather
•
Recommended Settings for
Heating
•
•
•
Apply the parking brake.
Move the transmission selector lever
to position P or neutral.
Adjust the temperature control to the
MAX A/C position.
Adjust the fan speed to the lowest
speed setting.
•
•
Adjust the fan speed to the second
speed setting.
Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the hot settings.
Adjust the air distribution control to the
footwell and windshield air vents
position.
•
•
Adjust the air distribution control to the
instrument panel and windshield air
vents positions.
Press the A/C button.
Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting.
Adjust the fan speed to the highest
setting.
Direct the instrument panel side air
vents toward the side windows.
Close the instrument panel vents.
Cooling the Interior Quickly
•
•
Maximum Cooling Performance in
Instrument Panel or Instrument
Panel and Footwell Positions
•
•
Adjust the fan speed to the highest
speed setting.
Adjust the temperature control to the
MAX A/C position.
Adjust the air distribution control to the
instrument panel air vents position.
•
•
Recommended Settings for
Cooling
•
•
•
•
Adjust the fan speed to the second
speed setting.
Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the cold settings.
Adjust the air distribution control to the
instrument panel air vents position.
Adjust the temperature control to the
lowest setting.
Press the A/C and recirculated air
buttons.
Adjust the fan speed to the highest
setting initially and then adjust it to suit
the desired comfort level.
81
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Climate Control
REAR PASSENGER CLIMATE CONTROLS
A
Fan speed control: Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle. Adjust
to select the desired fan speed or switch off.
B
Temperature and air distribution control: Controls the temperature of the
air circulated in your vehicle. Adjust to select the desired temperature and
distribution. Cool air distributes through the top air vents and warm air distributes
through the footwell air vents.
Note: Switch the air conditioning on to cool
the air through the rear air vents.
HEATED WINDOWS AND
MIRRORS
Note: Make sure the engine is running
before operating the heated windows.
A
Heated windshield
B
Heated rear window or Heated
exterior mirrors
82
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Climate Control
Heated Windshield
Note: Do not remove ice from the mirror
glass with a scraper. Do not adjust a frozen
in place mirror glass. This may cause
damage to the mirror glass or the heated
exterior mirror assembly.
Press the button to clear the
heated windshield of thin ice
and fog. Press the button again
to switch it off. It will turn off automatically
after a short period of time.
Note: Cleaning your windows and mirrors.
Heated Rear Window
AUXILIARY HEATER
Press the button to clear the
heated rear window of thin ice
and fog. Press the button again
to switch it off. It will turn off automatically
after a short period of time.
Fuel Operated Parking Heater
WARNING
Do not use the fuel operated parking
heater at fuel filling stations or near
sources of combustible vapors, dust
or in enclosed spaces. This could result in
serious personal injury or death.
Note: Do not use razor blades or other
sharp objects to clean the inside of the
heated rear window. Do not use razor blades
or other sharp objects to remove decals
from the inside of the heated rear window.
The vehicle warranty does not cover
damage caused to the heated rear window
grid lines.
The system warms the engine and the
vehicle interior, using fuel from the vehicle
fuel tank. The system will only operate
when your vehicle is stationary with the
engine switched off.
Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
Used correctly the system will:
• Warm the engine and the vehicle
interior.
• Keep the windows clear of ice in the
event of frost and prevent
condensation.
• Avoid cold starts to assist the engine
to reach operating temperature sooner.
Press the button to clear the heated
exterior mirrors of thin ice and fog. They
will turn off automatically after a short
period of time.
Following a heating cycle, if you do not
start the engine the system will not turn
on the next programmed heating cycle.
Note: On vehicles without a heated exterior
mirror switch, they will turn on automatically
when you switch the heated rear window
on.
Following a heating cycle we recommend
that you drive your vehicle for at least the
same period of time as the heating cycle.
This prevents the vehicle battery from
running out of charge.
Note: On vehicles without a heated rear
window, the heated rear window button will
turn on the heated mirrors.
We recommend you switch the system on
for approximately 10 minutes every month
to prevent the water pump or heater motor
seizing.
83
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Climate Control
The system will only operate if there is a
minimum of 7.5 liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel
in the vehicle fuel tank and the outside air
temperature is below 59°F (15°C). The
system will not operate if the battery
charge level is low.
Programming the Fuel Operated
Parking Heater
Note: When the system is operating,
exhaust fumes will come from under your
vehicle. This is normal.
Note: The time and date on your vehicle’s
clock must be set correctly. See Clock
(page 70). Vehicles with audio units that
only have AM/FM capability; the auxiliary
heater clock settings must be set within the
Park heater menu.
Use the information display controls on
the steering wheel. See Information
Displays (page 66).
Note: On vehicles with manual climate
control, heating the vehicle interior will
depend on the heater control settings. See
Climate Control (page 76).
Note: You must program the time at least
70 minutes before the time you wish to set.
Note: The programmed time is when you
want your vehicle to be warm and ready to
drive, not when the heater turns on.
To program the fuel operated parking heater, scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
Settings
Press the OK button.
Convenience
Press the OK button.
Park heater
Press the OK button.
Select one of the following:
Time 1
Allows you to program a heating cycle for each day of the
week. These times will remain stored and the system will
warm up your vehicle at the programmed times.
Time 2
Allows you to program a second heating cycle for each day
of the week. These times will remain stored and the system
will warm up your vehicle at the programmed times.
Select to set a second heating cycle, for example different
times on different days or twice on the same day.
Once
Allows you to program one heating cycle for a specific day.
Heat now
Switches the system on immediately.
84
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Climate Control
Programming the Time Functions
Programming the Once Function
Set the time you want your vehicle to be
warm and ready to drive. Use the
information display controls on the
steering wheel. See Information
Displays (page 66).
Selecting this function allows you to
program one heating cycle for one specific
day.
Set the time you want your vehicle to be
warm and ready to drive. Use the
information display controls on the
steering wheel. See Information
Displays (page 66).
1.
Select the desired days you want the
system to warm up your vehicle.
Highlight each desired day and press
the OK button.
2. Highlight the time at the top of the
menu and press the OK button. The
hours will flash.
3. Set the hours using the up and down
arrow buttons.
4. Press the right arrow button. The
minutes will flash. Set the minutes
using the up and down arrow buttons.
Press the OK button.
1.
Highlight the time at the top of the
menu and press the OK button. The
hours start to flash.
2. Set the hours using the up and down
arrow buttons.
3. Press the right arrow button. Set the
minutes using the up and down arrow
buttons. Press the OK button.
Switching Programmed Functions Off
Use the information display controls on
the steering wheel. See Information
Displays (page 66).
To switch the programmed functions off, scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
Settings
Press the OK button.
Convenience
Press the OK button.
Park heater
Press the OK button.
Select one of the following:
Time 1
Uncheck the active programmed heating cycles as required.
Time 2
Uncheck the active programmed heating cycles as required.
Once
Uncheck the active programmed heating cycles as required.
85
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Climate Control
Switching the Heat Now Function On
Selecting this function allows you to switch
the system on immediately.
WARNING
Use the information display controls on
the steering wheel. See Information
Displays (page 66).
Do not use the fuel operated parking
heater at fuel filling stations or near
sources of combustible vapors, dust
or in enclosed spaces. This could result in
serious personal injury or death.
To switch the heat now function on, scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
Settings
Press the OK button.
Convenience
Press the OK button.
Park heater
Press the OK button.
Heat now
Press the OK button. An X appears in the box when the heater
is switched on. To switch the heater off, uncheck the option.
The heater operates by warming the
engine cooling system, using fuel from the
vehicle fuel tank. The system will only
operate when your vehicle is stationary
with the engine switched off.
Switching the Heat Now Function On
and Off Using the Remote Control
Selecting this function allows you to switch
the system on immediately using the
remote control.
The system will only operate if there is a
minimum of 7.5 liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel
in the vehicle fuel tank. The system will not
operate if the battery charge level is low.
Note: The vehicle does not need to be
unlocked.
1.
Press the ON button on the remote
control to switch the system on.
2. Press the OFF button on the remote
control to switch the system off.
The system automatically turns on and off
depending on the engine coolant
temperature when the outside air
temperature is below 37°F (3°C), unless
you have switched it off.
Fuel Operated Heater
Note: The default setting is on.
WARNING
Note: When the system is operating,
exhaust fumes will come from under your
vehicle. This is normal.
Do not use the fuel operated parking
heater at fuel filling stations or near
sources of combustible vapors, dust
or in enclosed spaces. This could result in
serious personal injury or death.
Note: On vehicles with manual climate
control, heating the vehicle interior will
depend on the heater control settings. See
Climate Control (page 76).
86
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Climate Control
Use the information display controls on
the steering wheel. See Information
Displays (page 66).
To switch the auxiliary heater on and off, scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
Settings
Press the OK button.
Convenience
Press the OK button.
Aux heater
Press the OK button. An X appears in the box when the
system is switched on.
87
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Seats
•
SITTING IN THE CORRECT
POSITION
WARNINGS
Do not recline the seat backrest too
far as this can cause the occupant
to slide under the safety belt,
resulting in serious injury in the event of a
crash.
•
Sitting improperly, out of position or
with the seat backrest reclined too
far, can result in serious injury or
death in the event of a crash. Always sit
upright against your seat backrest, with
your feet on the floor.
•
•
•
Do not place objects higher than the
seat backrest to reduce the risk of
serious injury in the event of a crash
or during heavy braking.
Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of it is level with the top of your
head and as far forward as possible.
Make sure that you remain
comfortable.
Keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. We
recommend a minimum of 10 inches
(25 centimeters) between your
breastbone and the airbag cover.
Hold the steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent.
Bend your legs slightly so that you can
press the pedals fully.
Position the shoulder strap of the
safety belt over the center of your
shoulder and position the lap strap
tightly across your hips.
Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.
HEAD RESTRAINTS
WARNING
Fully adjust the head restraint before
you sit in or operate your vehicle. This
will help minimize the risk of neck
injury in the event of a collision. Do not
adjust the head restraint when your vehicle
is moving.
Adjusting the Head Restraints
When you use them properly, the seat,
head restraint, safety belt and airbags will
provide optimum protection in the event
of a crash.
Adjust the head restraint so that the top
of it is level with the top of your head.
We recommend that you follow these
guidelines:
• Sit in an upright position with the base
of your spine as far back as possible.
• Do not recline the seat backrest more
than 30 degrees.
88
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Seats
Removing the Head Restraints
Rear Center Head Restraint
Front Head Restraint
1.
Press and hold the locking button and
remove the head restraint.
MANUAL SEATS
WARNINGS
Do not adjust the driver seat or
seatback when your vehicle is
moving. Failure to follow this warning
could result in serious personal injury or
death.
1. Press and hold the locking button.
2. Using a suitable implement release the
retaining clip.
Do not place cargo or any objects
behind the seatback before returning
it to the original position. Pull on the
seatback to make sure that it has fully
latched after returning the seatback to its
original position. An unlatched seat may
become dangerous if you stop suddenly or
have a crash.
Rear Outer Head Restraint
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward
WARNING
Rock the seat backward and forward
after releasing the lever to make sure
that it is fully engaged in its catch. An
unlatched seat can be dangerous in a crash
and could result in serious personal injury
or death.
1. Press and hold the locking button.
2. Using a suitable implement release the
retaining clip.
89
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Seats
Recline Adjustment
Adjusting the Lumbar Support
Folding the Seatback
WARNINGS
When folding the seatback down,
take care not to get your fingers
caught between the seatback and
seat frame. Failure to follow this warning
could result in serious personal injury.
Do not sit behind a seat that you fold
forward. This can increase the risk of
serious personal injury in a crash.
Adjusting the Height of the Driver
Seat
90
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Seats
Vehicles With Five Seats
Folding the Seat Forward
1. Lift the lever.
2. Fold the seatback forward.
1.
Pull the strap on the side of the
seatback.
2. Fold the seatback forward.
REAR SEATS
WARNINGS
Do not use the bench seats as a bed
when your vehicle is moving. Failure
to follow this warning could result in
serious personal injury or death.
When folding or unfolding the seats
take care not to get your fingers
caught between the seatback and
seat frame. Failure to follow this warning
could result in serious personal injury.
3. Pull the strap on the rear of the
seatback.
4. Raise the seat.
Do not place objects on a folded
seat. Hard objects may become
projectiles in a crash or sudden stop,
which may increase the risk of serious
personal injury.
Note: Fully lower the head restraint when
folding the seats. See Head Restraints
(page 88).
91
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Seats
Removing the Seats
5. Lift the support rod and connect it to
the seat frame. This prevents the seat
from falling backward.
Note: Rear row occupants can sit next to a
seat in the same row that has the seatback
in the folded position, but not when the seat
is in the tilted position.
Unfolding the Seat
1.
Disconnect the support rod from the
seat frame.
2. Unfold the seat backward and lock into
position.
3. Unfold the seat back backward and
lock into position.
1. Raise the seat.
2. Rotate the locking lever.
3. Remove the seat.
Refitting the Seat
1.
Align the seat catches, push the seat
down and lock into position.
2. Unfold the seat backward and lock into
position.
3. Unfold the seat back backward and
lock into position.
92
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Seats
Vehicles With Seven Seats
Second Row Seats
Folding the Seat Flat
3. Pull the large strap on the rear of the
seatback.
4. Move the seat forward to the lowered
position.
Note: A distinct click will be heard when
the seat is locked in the lowered position.
Note: Rear row occupants can sit next to a
seat in the same row that has the seatback
in the folded position, but not when the seat
is in the tilted position.
1.
Pull the strap on the side of the
seatback.
2. Fold the seatback forward.
93
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Seats
Unfolding the Seat
1.
Pull the large strap on the rear of the
seatback, lift the seat and push down
to lock into position.
2. Pull the short strap on the rear of the
seatback, unfold the seat back
backward and lock into position.
Note: You cannot unfold the seat backrest
if a red flag is visible on the large strap. Make
sure the seat is locked and the red flag is
not visible.
Folding the Seat Flat
1.
Move the seat fully backward.
Third Row Seats
Moving the Seat Backward and Forward
WARNING
Rock the seat backward and forward
after releasing the lever to make sure
that it is locked into position. A seat
that it is not locked into position can be
dangerous in a crash and could cause
serious personal injury or death.
2. Pull the strap on the rear of the seat
cushion.
3. Fold the seat cushion forward.
94
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Seats
Creating a Level Load Floor
4. Pull the strap on the rear of the
seatback.
5. Fold the seatback forward.
The carpeted cover is held in position by
magnets. Fold the carpeted cover forward
to cover up the folded seats.
Unfolding the Seat
HEATED SEATS
WARNING
People who are unable to feel pain
to their skin because of advanced
age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal
cord injury, medication, alcohol use,
exhaustion or other physical conditions,
must exercise care when using the heated
seat. The heated seat may cause burns
even at low temperatures, especially if
used for long periods of time. Do not place
anything on the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket or cushion. This
may cause the heated seat to overheat.
Do not puncture the seat with pins, needles
or other pointed objects. This may damage
the heating element which may cause the
heated seat to overheat. An overheated
seat may cause serious personal injury.
1.
Pull the strap on the rear of the
seatback.
2. Unfold the seat back backward and
lock into position.
3. Unfold the seat cushion backward and
lock into position.
95
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Seats
Do not do the following:
• Place heavy objects on the seat.
• Operate the heated seat if water or any
other liquid is spilled on the seat. Allow
the seat to dry thoroughly.
• Operate the heated seats unless the
engine is running. Doing so can cause
the battery to lose charge.
Adjust the control to the desired heat
setting.
REAR SEAT ARMREST
Fold the armrest down to use the armrest
and cup holder.
96
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Auxiliary Power Points
12 Volt DC Power Point
CIGAR LIGHTER
WARNINGS
Do not use the power point for
operating a cigar lighter element, this
can result in fire or serious injury.
Do not insert objects other than an
accessory plug into the power point,
this can result in fire or serious injury.
Run the engine for full capacity use of the
power point.
To prevent the battery from running out of
charge:
• Do not use the power point longer than
necessary when the engine is not
running.
• Do not leave devices plugged in
overnight or when your vehicle is
parked for extended periods.
Press the element in to use the cigar
lighter. It will pop out automatically.
Note: Do not hold the cigar lighter element
pressed in.
Note: When you switch the ignition on you
can use the power point to power 12 volt
appliances with a maximum current rating
of 20 amps.
Note: Do not hang any type of accessory or
accessory bracket from an accessory plug.
Note: Do not use the power point over the
vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watt or a
fuse may blow.
Note: Incorrect use of the power points can
cause damage not covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Note: Always keep the power point caps
closed when not in use.
Location
Power points may be found:
• on the center console
• on the rear of the center console
• in the luggage compartment.
97
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Storage Compartments
CUP HOLDERS
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
WARNINGS
Do not place hot drinks in the cup
holders when your vehicle is moving.
WARNING
Do not place heavy objects in the
storage compartment. Heavy objects
may become projectiles in a crash or
sudden stop, which may increase the risk
of serious injury.
Make sure that cups placed in the
holders do not obstruct your vision
while driving.
CENTER CONSOLE
WARNING
Use only soft cups in the cupholder.
Hard objects can injure you in a
collision.
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
variety of features.
FOLDING TRAY
WARNING
A
Cupholder
B
Storage compartment with
auxiliary input jack and USB port
C
Auxiliary power point
Do not use the trays when your
vehicle is moving. Make sure that you
secure the trays in the lowered
position before setting off.
98
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Storage Compartments
99
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Starting and Stopping the Engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
IGNITION SWITCH
WARNINGS
Extended idling at high engine
speeds can produce very high
temperatures in the engine and
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or
other damage.
Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle
on dry grass or other dry ground
cover. The emission system heats up
the engine compartment and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire.
0(off) - The ignition is off.
Note: When you switch the ignition off and
leave your vehicle, do not leave your key in
the ignition. This could cause your vehicle
battery to lose charge.
Do not start the engine in a closed
garage or in other enclosed areas.
Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always
open the garage door before you start the
engine.
I (accessory) - Allows the electrical
accessories such as the radio to operate
while the engine is not running.
If you smell exhaust fumes inside
your vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized dealer
immediately. Do not drive your vehicle if
you smell exhaust fumes.
Note: Do not leave the ignition key in
position I or II (without the engine running)
for too long to avoid vehicle battery losing
charge.
II (on) - All electrical circuits operational.
Warning lamps and indicators are
illuminated.
If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics for approximately 5 miles
(8 kilometers) after you reconnect it. This
is because the engine management system
must realign itself with the engine. You can
disregard any unusual driving
characteristics during this period.
III (start) - cranks the engine. Release the
key as soon as the engine starts.
STEERING WHEEL LOCK
The powertrain control system meets all
Canadian interference-causing equipment
standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field or radio noise.
WARNING
Always check that the steering is
unlocked before attempting to move
your vehicle.
When you start the engine, avoid pressing
the accelerator pedal before and during
operation. Only use the accelerator pedal
when you have difficulty starting the
engine.
To lock the steering wheel:
1. Remove the key from the ignition
switch.
2. Rotate the steering wheel slightly to
engage the lock.
100
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Starting and Stopping the Engine
To unlock the steering wheel:
1. Insert the key in the ignition switch.
2. Turn the key to position I.
3. Start the engine.
Note: You may need to rotate the steering
wheel slightly to assist unlocking if there is
a steering wheel load applied.
Engine Idle Speed after Starting
If the engine does not start, repeat the cold
or hot engine procedure.
The speed at which the engine idles
immediately after starting is optimized to
minimize vehicle emissions and maximize
cabin comfort and fuel economy.
STARTING A GASOLINE
ENGINE - MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
The idle speed will vary depending on
certain factors. These include vehicle
component and ambient temperatures as
well as electrical and climate system
demands.
Cold or Hot Engine
1. Fully depress the clutch pedal.
2. Start the engine.
Failure to Start
If the engine does not start within 10
seconds, wait for a short period and try
again.
If the engine does not crank when the
clutch pedal has been fully depressed and
the ignition key is turned to position III.
If the engine does not start after three
attempts, wait 10 seconds and follow the
flooded engine procedure.
1.
Fully depress the clutch and brake
pedals.
2. Turn the key to position III until the
engine has started.
If you have difficulty starting the engine
when the temperature is below -13°F
(-25°C), press the accelerator pedal to the
mid-way point of its travel and try again.
STARTING A GASOLINE
ENGINE - AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
Note: Releasing the clutch pedal while the
engine is starting will stop the engine
cranking and return to ignition on.
Cold or Hot Engine
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
Note: You can only operate the starter for
a limited period of time, for example 10
seconds. The number of start attempts is
limited to approximately six. If you exceed
this limit, the system will not allow you to
try again until a period of time has elapsed,
for example 30 minutes.
1.
Move the transmission selector lever
to position P or N.
2. Start the engine.
If the engine does not start within 10
seconds, wait for a short period and try
again.
Flooded Engine
If the engine does not start after three
attempts, wait 10 seconds and follow the
flooded engine procedure.
1. Fully depress the clutch pedal.
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and
hold it there.
101
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Starting and Stopping the Engine
If you have difficulty starting the engine
when the temperature is below -13°F
(-25°C), press the accelerator pedal to the
mid-way point of its travel and try again.
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
Note: You can only operate the starter for
a limited period of time, for example 10
seconds. The number of start attempts is
limited to approximately six. If you exceed
this limit, the system will not allow you to
try again until a period of time has elapsed,
for example 30 minutes.
Note: When the temperature is below 5°F
(-15°C), you may need to crank the engine
for up to 10 seconds.
Note: Releasing the clutch pedal while the
engine is starting will stop the engine
cranking and return to ignition on.
Note: You can only operate the starter for
a limited period of time.
Note: After a limited number of attempts
to start your engine, the system will not
allow you to try again until a period of time
has elapsed, for example 30 minutes.
Flooded Engine
1.
Move the transmission selector lever
to position P or N.
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and
hold it there.
3. Start the engine.
Failure to Start
If the engine does not crank when the
clutch pedal has been fully depressed and
the ignition key is turned to position III.
If the engine does not start, repeat the cold
or hot engine procedure.
1.
Fully depress the clutch and brake
pedals.
2. Turn the key to position III until the
engine has started.
Engine Idle Speed after Starting
The speed at which the engine idles
immediately after starting is optimized to
minimize vehicle emissions and maximize
cabin comfort and fuel economy.
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
The filter forms part of the emissions
reduction system on your vehicle. It filters
harmful diesel particulates (soot) from the
exhaust gas.
The idle speed will vary depending on
certain factors. These include vehicle
component and ambient temperatures as
well as electrical and climate system
demands.
Regeneration
WARNING
STARTING A DIESEL ENGINE
Do not park or idle your vehicle over
dry leaves, dry grass or other
combustible materials. The
regeneration process creates very high
exhaust gas temperatures and the exhaust
will radiate a considerable amount of heat
during and after regeneration and after you
have switched the engine off. This is a
potential fire hazard.
Cold or Hot Engine
1.
Switch the ignition on and wait until
the glow plug indicator goes off.
2. Fully depress the clutch pedal.
3. Start the engine.
Note: Avoid running out of fuel.
102
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Note: During regeneration at low speed or
engine idle, you may smell a hot metallic
odor and could notice a clicking metallic
sound. This is due to the high temperatures
reached during regeneration and is normal.
SWITCHING OFF THE ENGINE
Note: Changes in the engine or exhaust
sound may be heard during the regeneration
process.
Note: After you have switched your engine
off the fans may continue to run for a short
period of time.
Do not switch the engine off when it
is running at high speed. If you do, the
turbocharger will continue running
after the engine oil pressure has dropped
to zero. This will lead to premature
turbocharger bearing wear.
The diesel particulate filter on your vehicle
requires periodic regeneration to maintain
its correct function. Your vehicle will carry
out this process automatically.
Release the accelerator pedal. Wait until
the engine has reached idle speed and then
switch it off.
Vehicles With a Turbocharger
WARNING
If your journeys meet one of the following
conditions:
• You drive only short distances.
• You frequently switch the ignition on
and off.
• Your journeys contain a high level of
acceleration and deceleration.
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER
WARNINGS
Failure to follow engine block heater
instructions could result in property
damage or serious personal injury.
Do not use your heater with
ungrounded electrical systems or
two-pronged adapters. There is a risk
of electrical shock.
You must carry out occasional trips with
the following conditions to assist the
regeneration process:
• Drive your vehicle in more favorable
conditions, which you will find at higher
vehicle speeds in normal driving, on a
main road or freeway for a minimum
of 20 minutes. This drive may include
short stops that will not affect the
regeneration process.
• Avoid prolonged idling and always
observe speed limits and road
conditions.
• Do not switch the ignition off.
• Select a suitable gear to ideally
maintain engine speed between 1500
and 3000 RPM.
Note: The heater is most effective when
outdoor temperatures are below 0°F
(-18°C).
The heater acts as a starting aid by
warming the engine coolant. This allows
the climate control system to respond
quickly. The equipment includes a heater
element (installed in the engine block) and
a wire harness. You can connect the
system to a grounded 220 volt AC
electrical source.
103
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Starting and Stopping the Engine
We recommend that you do the following
for a safe and correct operation:
• Use an extension cord suitable for use
outdoors and in cold temperatures. It
should be clearly marked that it is
suitable for use with outdoor
appliances. Do not use an indoor
extension cord outdoors. This could
result in an electric shock or become a
fire hazard.
• Use as short an extension cord as
possible.
• Do not use multiple extension cords.
• Make sure that when in operation, the
extension cord plug and heater cord
plug connections are free and clear of
water. This could cause an electric
shock or fire.
• Make sure your vehicle is parked in a
clean area, clear of combustibles.
• Make sure the heater, heater cord and
extension cord are firmly connected.
• Check for heat anywhere in the
electrical hookup once the system has
been operating for approximately 30
minutes.
• Make sure the system is unplugged and
properly stowed before driving your
vehicle. Make sure the protective cover
seals the prongs of the block heater
cord plug when not in use.
• Make sure the heater system is
checked for proper operation before
winter.
The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours
of energy per hour of use. The system does
not have a thermostat. It achieves
maximum temperature after
approximately three hours of operation.
Using the heater longer than three hours
does not improve system performance and
unnecessarily uses electricity.
Using the Engine Block Heater
Make sure the receptacle terminals are
clean and dry prior to use. Clean them with
a dry cloth if necessary.
104
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Unique Driving Characteristics
AUTO-START-STOP
Note: For vehicles with auto-start-stop, the
battery requirement is different. It must be
replaced by one of exactly the same
specification as the original.
Note: When the auto-start-stop indicator
flashes amber, shift into neutral or press the
clutch pedal.
Note: If the system detects a malfunction,
it will switch off. Have your vehicle checked
by an authorized dealer.
The system reduces fuel consumption and
CO2 emissions by shutting down the
engine when your vehicle is idling, for
example at traffic lights. The engine will
automatically restart when you press the
clutch pedal or when required by a vehicle
system, for example to recharge the
battery.
Note: When you switch the system off, the
switch will illuminate.
Note: The system automatically turns on
every time you switch the ignition on. To
switch the system off, press the switch in
the instrument panel. The system will only
be switched off for the current ignition cycle.
To turn it on, press the switch again. For item
location: See Instrument Panel Overview
(page 15).
To obtain maximum benefit from the
system, move the transmission lever to
neutral and release the clutch pedal during
any stop of longer than three seconds.
Using Auto-Start-Stop
To Stop the Engine
WARNINGS
The engine may restart
automatically if required by the
system.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Switch the ignition off before
opening the hood or carrying out any
maintenance.
Stop your vehicle.
Shift into neutral.
Release the clutch pedal.
Release the accelerator pedal.
The system may not shut down the engine
under certain conditions, for example:
• To maintain the interior climate.
• Low battery voltage.
• The outside temperature is too low or
too high.
• The driver door has been opened.
• Low engine operating temperature.
• Low brake system vacuum.
• If a road speed of 3 mph (5 km/h) has
not been exceeded.
• The driver safety belt has not been
fastened.
Always switch the ignition off before
leaving your vehicle, as the system
may have shut down the engine but
the ignition will still be live.
Note: The system only operates when the
engine is warm and the outside temperature
is within the operating temperature limits
of the system.
Note: If you stall the engine, and then press
the clutch pedal within a short period of
time, the system will automatically restart
the engine.
Note: The auto-start-stop indicator will
illuminate green when the engine shuts
down. See Warning Lamps and Indicators
(page 62).
To Re-Start the Engine
Note: The transmission must be in neutral.
105
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Unique Driving Characteristics
Press the clutch pedal.
The system may automatically restart the
engine under certain conditions, for
example:
• Low battery voltage.
• To maintain the interior climate.
106
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Fuel and Refueling
•
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNINGS
Do not overfill the fuel tank. The
pressure in an overfilled tank may
cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
The fuel system may be under
pressure. If you hear a hissing sound
near the fuel filler door (Easy Fuel
capless fuel system), do not refuel until
the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray
out, which could cause serious personal
injury.
•
Automotive fuels can cause serious
injury or death if misused or
mishandled.
•
The flow of fuel through a fuel pump
nozzle can produce static electricity,
which can cause a fire if fuel is
pumped into an ungrounded fuel container.
•
Fuel ethanol and gasoline may
contain benzene, which is a
cancer-causing agent.
When refueling always shut the
engine off and never allow sparks or
open flames near the filler neck.
Never smoke or use a cell phone while
refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.
•
Observe the following guidelines when
handling automotive fuel:
•
•
Extinguish all smoking materials and
any open flames before refueling your
vehicle.
Always turn off the vehicle before
refueling.
Automotive fuels can be harmful or
fatal if swallowed. Fuel such as
gasoline is highly toxic and if
swallowed can cause death or
permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed,
call a physician immediately, even if no
symptoms are immediately apparent.
The toxic effects of fuel may not be
visible for hours.
Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling too
much fuel vapor of any kind can lead
to eye and respiratory tract irritation.
In severe cases, excessive or prolonged
breathing of fuel vapor can cause
serious illness and permanent injury.
Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes. If
fuel is splashed in the eyes, remove
contact lenses (if worn), flush with
water for 15 minutes and seek medical
attention. Failure to seek proper
medical attention could lead to
permanent injury.
Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed
through the skin. If fuel is splashed on
the skin, clothing or both, promptly
remove contaminated clothing and
wash skin thoroughly with soap and
water. Repeated or prolonged skin
contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes
skin irritation.
Be particularly careful if you are taking
“Antabuse” or other forms of disulfiram
for the treatment of alcoholism.
Breathing gasoline vapors, or skin
contact could cause an adverse
reaction. In sensitive individuals, serious
personal injury or sickness may result.
If fuel is splashed on the skin, promptly
wash skin thoroughly with soap and
water. Consult a physician immediately
if you experience an adverse reaction.
107
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Fuel and Refueling
FUEL QUALITY - GASOLINE
WARNINGS
Use diesel that meets the
specification defined by EN 590 or
the relevant national specification.
WARNINGS
Do not mix gasoline with oil, diesel
or other liquids. This could cause a
chemical reaction.
Note: We recommend that you use only
high quality fuel.
Do not use leaded gasoline or
gasoline with additives containing
other metallic compounds (e.g.
manganese-based). They could damage
the emission system.
Note: We do not recommend the use of
additional additives or other engine
treatments for normal vehicle use.
Note: We do not recommend the use of
additional additives to prevent fuel waxing.
Note: We recommend that you use only
high quality fuel.
Long-Term Storage
Note: We do not recommend the use of
additional additives or other engine
treatments for normal vehicle use.
Most diesel fuels contain biodiesel. We
recommend that you fill the fuel tank with
fuel that does not contain biodiesel if you
intend to store your vehicle for more than
two months. Alternatively, we recommend
that you seek advice from your dealer.
Use minimum 95 octane unleaded
gasoline that meets the specification
defined by EN 228 or the equivalent
national specification.
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
Your vehicle is suitable for use with ethanol
blends up to 10% (E5 and E10).
Avoid running out of fuel because this
situation may have an adverse effect on
powertrain components.
Long-Term Storage
Most gasoline contains ethanol. We
recommend that you fill the fuel tank with
fuel that does not contain ethanol if you
intend to store your vehicle for more than
two months. Alternatively, we recommend
that you seek advice from an authorized
dealer.
If you have run out of fuel:
•
FUEL QUALITY - DIESEL
•
WARNINGS
Do not mix diesel with oil, gasoline
or other liquids. This could cause a
chemical reaction.
You may need to cycle the ignition from
off to on several times after refueling
to allow the fuel system to pump the
fuel from the tank to the engine. On
restarting, cranking time will take a few
seconds longer than normal. With
keyless ignition, just start the engine.
Crank time will be longer than usual.
Normally, adding 1 gallon (4.6 liters) of
fuel is enough to restart the engine. If
your vehicle is out of fuel and on a
steep grade, more fuel may be required.
Do not add kerosene, paraffin or
gasoline to diesel. This could cause
damage to the fuel system.
108
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Fuel and Refueling
Refilling With a Portable Fuel
Container
1.
Locate the plastic funnel in the glove
box.
2. Slowly insert the funnel into the
capless fuel system.
3. Fill your vehicle with fuel from the
portable fuel container.
4. When done, clean the funnel or
properly dispose of it. Extra funnels can
be purchased from your authorized
dealer if you choose to dispose of the
funnel.
WARNINGS
Do not insert the nozzle of portable
fuel containers or aftermarket
funnels into the capless fuel system.
This could damage the fuel system and its
seal, and may cause fuel to run onto the
ground instead of filling the tank, which
could result in serious personal injury.
Do not try to pry open or push open
the capless fuel system with foreign
objects. This could damage the fuel
system and its seal and cause injury to you
or others.
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
WARNING
Do not park or idle your vehicle over
dry leaves, dry grass or other
combustible materials. The exhaust
will radiate a considerable amount of heat
during use, and after you have switched
the engine off. This is a potential fire
hazard.
When filling your vehicle's fuel tank from
a portable fuel container, use the funnel
included with your vehicle.
Use the following guidelines to avoid
electrostatic charge build-up when filling
an ungrounded fuel container:
•
•
•
•
Place approved fuel container on the
ground.
Do not fill a fuel container while it is in
the vehicle (including the cargo area).
Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact
with the fuel container while filling.
Do not use a device that would hold
the fuel pump handle in the fill position.
Driving with a Catalytic Converter
WARNINGS
Avoid running out of fuel.
Do not crank the engine for long
periods.
Do not run the engine when a spark
plug lead is disconnected.
Do not push-start or tow-start your
vehicle. Use booster cables. See
Jump Starting the Vehicle (page
144).
Do not switch the ignition off when
driving.
109
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Fuel and Refueling
REFUELING
WARNINGS
Do not attempt to start the engine if
you have filled the fuel tank with the
incorrect fuel. This could damage the
engine. Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized dealer immediately.
Do not use any kind of flames or heat
near the fuel system. The fuel system
is under pressure. There is a risk of
injury if the fuel system is leaking.
1.
If you use a high pressure spray to
wash your vehicle, only spray the fuel
filler flap briefly from a distance not
less than 8 inches (200 millimeters).
Pull the flap to open it. Open the flap
fully until it engages.
We recommend that you wait at
least 10 seconds before removing the
fuel nozzle to allow any residual fuel
to drain into the fuel tank.
Stop refueling after the fuel nozzle
stops the second time. Additional
fuel will fill the expansion space in
the fuel tank which could lead to fuel
overflowing. Fuel spillage could be
hazardous to other road users.
Do not remove the fuel nozzle from
its fully inserted position during the
entire refueling process.
Note: Your vehicle does not have a fuel filler
cap.
Note: When you insert the correct size fuel
nozzle, a spring loaded inhibitor will open.
This helps to avoid filling up with the
incorrect fuel.
Note: It is not possible to fully open the
sliding door when the fuel filler flap is open.
2. Insert the fuel nozzle up to and
including the first notch on the fuel
nozzle A. Keep it resting on the cover
of the fuel pipe opening.
110
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Fuel and Refueling
Filling a Fuel Container
Use the following guidelines to avoid
electrostatic charge build-up when filling
an ungrounded fuel container:
•
•
•
•
3. Hold the fuel nozzle in position B during
refueling. Holding the fuel nozzle in
position A can affect the flow of fuel
and shut off the fuel nozzle before the
fuel tank is full.
Place approved fuel container on the
ground.
Do not fill a fuel container while it is in
the vehicle (including the cargo area).
Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact
with the fuel container while filling.
Do not use a device that would hold
the fuel pump handle in the fill position.
FUEL CONSUMPTION
We derive CO2 and fuel consumption
figures in laboratory tests according to
Regulation (EC) 715/2007 or CR (EC)
692/2008 and subsequent amendments.
They are intended as a comparison
between makes and models of vehicles.
They are not intended to represent the real
world fuel consumption you may get from
your vehicle.
Real world fuel consumption is governed
by many factors, for example driving style,
high speed driving, stop-start driving, air
conditioning usage, the accessories fitted,
payload and towing.
4. Operate the fuel nozzle within the area
shown.
The advertised capacity is the indicated
capacity and the empty reserve combined.
Indicated capacity is the difference in the
amount of fuel in the fuel tank and when
the fuel gauge indicates empty. Empty
reserve is the amount of fuel in the fuel
tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty.
5. Slightly raise the fuel nozzle to remove
it.
111
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Fuel and Refueling
Note: The amount of fuel in the empty
reserve varies and should not be relied upon
to increase driving range. When refueling
your vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates
empty, you might not be able to refuel the
full amount of the advertised capacity due
to the empty reserve still present in the fuel
tank.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Filling the Fuel Tank
5.
For consistent results when refueling:
•
•
Switch the ignition off.
Allow no more than two automatic
shut-offs when refueling.
Fill the fuel tank completely and record
the initial odometer reading.
Each time you fill the fuel tank, record
the amount of fuel added.
After at least three fill ups, fill the fuel
tank and record the current odometer
reading.
Subtract your initial odometer reading
from the current odometer reading.
Calculate fuel economy by dividing
miles traveled by gallons used (For
Metric: Multiply liters used by 100, then
divide by kilometers traveled).
Keep a record for at least one month and
record the type of driving (city or freeway).
This provides an accurate estimate of your
vehicle’s fuel economy under current
driving conditions. Additionally, keeping
records during summer and winter show
how temperature impacts fuel economy.
In general, your vehicle will use more fuel
in cold temperatures.
Results are most accurate when the
refueling method is consistent.
Calculating Fuel Economy
Do not measure fuel economy during the
first 1000 mi (1,600 km) of driving (this is
the engine break-in period). A more
accurate measurement is obtained after
2500 mi (4,000 km). Also, fuel expense,
frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings
are not accurate ways to measure fuel
economy.
FUEL CONSUMPTION FIGURES - 1.0L ECOBOOST (74KW/100PS)
Fuel Consumption Figures
Variant
All
Urban
Extra-Urban
Combined
CO2 Emissions
MPG (L/100
km)
MPG (L/100
km)
MPG (L/100
km)
g/km
44.1 (6.4)
55.4 (5.1)
50.4 (5.6)
129
112
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Fuel and Refueling
FUEL CONSUMPTION FIGURES - 1.6L ECOBOOST (110KW/150PS)
- SIGMA
Fuel Consumption Figures
Variant
All
Urban
Extra-Urban
Combined
CO2 Emissions
MPG (L/100
km)
MPG (L/100
km)
MPG (L/100
km)
g/km
25.9 (10.9)
44.8 (6.3)
35.3 (8)
184
FUEL CONSUMPTION FIGURES - 1.6L DURATORQ-TDCI (55KW/
75PS)/1.6L DURATORQ-TDCI (70KW/95PS) (TZ)
Fuel Consumption Figures
Vehicles without: Auto-Start-Stop
Variant
Urban
Extra-Urban
Combined
CO2 Emissions
MPG (L/100
km)
MPG (L/100
km)
MPG (L/100
km)
g/km
50.4 (5.6)
61.4 (4.6)
56.5 (5)
130
Urban
Extra-Urban
Combined
CO2 Emissions
MPG (L/100
km)
MPG (L/100
km)
MPG (L/100
km)
g/km
Vehicles with:
Short Wheel
Base
61.4 (4.6)
76.3 (3.7)
70.6 (4)
120
Vehicles with:
Long Wheel
Base
61.4 (4.6)
76.3 (3.7)
68.9 (4.1)
121
All
Vehicles with: Auto-Start-Stop
Variant
113
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Fuel and Refueling
FUEL CONSUMPTION FIGURES - 1.6L DURATORQ-TDCI (70KW/
95PS) (TZ), TREND ECOLITE
Fuel Consumption Figures
Vehicles without: Speed Limiter
Variant
All
Urban
Extra-Urban
Combined
CO2 Emissions
MPG (L/100
km)
MPG (L/100
km)
MPG (L/100
km)
g/km
57.6 (4.9)
64.2 (4.4)
61.4 (4.6)
119
Urban
Extra-Urban
Combined
CO2 Emissions
MPG (L/100
km)
MPG (L/100
km)
MPG (L/100
km)
g/km
57.6 (4.9)
68.9 (4.1)
64.2 (4.4)
115
Vehicles with: Speed Limiter
Variant
All
FUEL CONSUMPTION FIGURES - 1.6L DURATORQ-TDCI (85KW/
115PS)
Fuel Consumption Figures
Variant
All
Urban
Extra-Urban
Combined
CO2 Emissions
MPG (L/100
km)
MPG (L/100
km)
MPG (L/100
km)
g/km
50.4 (5.6)
61.4 (4.6)
58.8 (4.8)
130
114
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Transmission
Selector Lever Positions
MANUAL TRANSMISSION - 6SPEED MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
Selecting Reverse Gear
Do not engage reverse gear when your
vehicle is moving. This can cause damage
to the transmission.
Raise the collar when you select reverse
gear.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION - 5SPEED MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
P
Park
R
Reverse
N
Neutral
D
Drive
S
Sport mode and manual shifting
+
Manual shift up
-
Manual shift down
WARNING
Apply the brakes before shifting the
gearshift lever to a forward or reverse
gear. Keep the brakes applied until
you are ready to move off.
Selecting Reverse Gear
Do not engage reverse gear when your
vehicle is moving. This can cause damage
to the transmission.
Press the button on the front of the
gearshift lever to shift to each position.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
The gearshift lever position will be shown
in the instrument cluster display.
WARNING
Park (P)
Always set the parking brake fully
and make sure you shift the gearshift
lever to park (P). Switch the ignition
off and remove the key whenever you leave
your vehicle.
WARNINGS
Shift the gearshift lever to park (P)
only when your vehicle is stationary.
115
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Transmission
Drive (D) mode also provides a kickdown
function. See Kickdown.
WARNINGS
Apply the parking brake and shift the
gearshift lever to park (P) before
leaving your vehicle. Make sure that
the gearshift lever is latched in position.
Note: A shift will occur only when your
vehicle speed and the engine speed are
appropriate.
Note: You may temporarily override the
current gear selected using the + or buttons.
In this position, power is not transmitted
to the driven wheels and the transmission
is locked. You can start the engine with the
gearshift lever in this position.
Sport Mode and Manual Shifting
Note: A warning tone sounds if you open
the driver door and you have not shifted the
gearshift lever to park (P).
Sport Mode (S)
Switch on sport mode by shifting the
gearshift lever to Sport (S). Sport mode
will remain on until either you shift
manually up or down the gears using the
+ or - buttons or shift the gearshift lever to
drive (D).
Reverse (R)
WARNINGS
Shift the gearshift lever to reverse
(R) only when your vehicle is
stationary and the engine is at idle
speed.
Note: In sport mode the transmission
operates as normal but gears are selected
more quickly and at higher engine speeds.
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting the gearshift lever out
of reverse (R).
Manual Shifting
WARNING
Do not hold the + or - buttons
permanently in.
Shift the gearshift lever to reverse (R) to
allow your vehicle to move backward.
Neutral (N)
Press the - button to shift down and press
the + button to shift up.
In this position, power is not transmitted
to the driven wheels but the transmission
is not locked. You can start the engine with
the gearshift lever in this position.
Gears may be skipped by pressing the
buttons repeatedly at short intervals.
Manual mode also provides a kickdown
function. See Kickdown.
Drive (D)
Note: The transmission will automatically
downshift when the engine speed is too low.
Shift the gearshift lever to drive (D) to
allow your vehicle to move forward and
shift automatically through the forward
gears.
Hints on Driving with an Automatic
Transmission
The transmission will shift to the
appropriate gear for optimum performance
based on ambient temperature, road
gradient, vehicle load and your input.
WARNING
Do not idle the engine for long
periods of time in drive (D) with the
brakes applied.
116
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Transmission
Emergency Park Position Release
Lever
Moving Off
1. Press the brake pedal.
2. Shift the gearshift lever to drive (D),
reverse (R) or sport (S).
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Release the brake pedal and press the
accelerator pedal.
WARNINGS
Do not drive your vehicle until you
verify that the brake lamps are
working.
This procedure requires you to shift
the gearshift lever out of park (P)
causing your vehicle to roll. Make
sure you fully set the parking brake before
attempting to release the gearshift lever.
Stopping
1.
Release the accelerator pedal and
press the brake pedal.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Shift the gearshift lever to neutral (N)
or park (P).
If you release the parking brake and
the brake warning lamp remains
illuminated, the brakes may not be
working correctly. The system has
detected a fault that requires service.
Kickdown
Press the accelerator pedal fully with the
gearshift lever in the drive (D) position to
shift to the next lowest gear for optimum
performance. Release the accelerator
pedal when you no longer require
kickdown.
In the event of an electrical malfunction or
if the vehicle battery has no charge, use
the following procedure to shift the
gearshift lever from the park (P) position.
1.
Apply the parking brake and switch the
ignition off.
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or
Snow
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow,
it may be rocked out by shifting between
forward and reverse gears, stopping
between shifts in a steady pattern. Press
lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature or
damage to the transmission may occur.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more
than a minute or damage to the
transmission and tires may occur, or the
engine may overheat.
2. Using a screwdriver, remove the
gearshift lever housing cover.
117
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Transmission
3. Locate the white lever, situated on the
left hand side of the gearshift lever.
4. Move the white lever toward the rear
of the vehicle and move the gearshift
lever out of park (P) and into neutral
(N).
5. Replace the gearshift lever housing
cover, apply the brake pedal, switch
the ignition on and release the parking
brake.
Note: See an authorized dealer as soon as
possible.
118
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Brakes
Brake Assist
GENERAL INFORMATION
Brake assist detects when you brake
heavily by measuring the rate at which you
press the brake pedal. It provides
maximum braking efficiency as long as you
press the pedal. Brake assist can reduce
stopping distances in critical situations.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any handheld device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Anti-lock Brake System
This system helps you maintain steering
control and vehicle stability during
emergency stops by keeping the brakes
from locking.
HINTS ON DRIVING WITH
ANTI-LOCK BRAKES
Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If
a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or
continuous squeal sound is present, the
brake linings may be worn-out. If your
vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder
in the steering wheel while braking, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer.
Note: When the system is operating, the
brake pedal will pulse and may travel
further. Maintain pressure on the brake
pedal. You may also hear a noise from the
system. This is normal.
The anti-lock braking system will not
eliminate the risks when:
• you drive too closely to the vehicle in
front of you
• your vehicle is hydroplaning
• you take corners too fast
• the road surface is poor.
Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving
conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the
brakes wear. See Cleaning the Alloy
Wheels (page 183).
Note: Depending upon certain laws and
regulations, the brake lamps may flash
during heavy braking. Following this your
hazard warning flashers may also flash
when your vehicle comes to a stop.
PARKING BRAKE
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
facing uphill turn the steering wheel away
from the curb.
Wet brakes result in reduced braking
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a
few times when driving from a car wash or
standing water to dry the brakes.
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
facing downhill turn the steering wheel
toward the curb.
Note: Do not press the release button while
pulling the lever up.
To apply the parking brake:
119
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Brakes
1. Press the foot brake pedal firmly.
2. Pull the parking brake lever up to its
fullest extent.
When the system is active, your vehicle will
remain stationary on the slope for two to
three seconds after you release the brake
pedal. This allows time to move your foot
from the brake to the accelerator pedal.
The brakes are released automatically
once the engine has developed sufficient
drive to prevent your vehicle from rolling
down the slope. This is an advantage when
pulling away on a slope, for example from
a car park ramp, traffic lights or when
reversing uphill into a parking space.
To release the parking brake:
1. Press the brake pedal firmly.
2. Pull the lever up slightly.
3. Press the release button and push the
lever down.
HILL START ASSIST AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
The system will turn on automatically on
any slope which can result in significant
vehicle rollback.
WARNINGS
The system does not replace the
parking brake. When you leave your
vehicle, always apply the parking
brake. Failure to leave your vehicle securely
parked may lead to a crash or injury. See
Parking Brake (page 119).
Using Hill Start Assist
1.
Press the brake pedal to bring your
vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep
the brake pedal pressed.
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle
is on a slope, the system will activate
automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal, your vehicle will remain
on the slope without rolling away for
approximately two to three seconds.
This hold time will automatically be
extended if you are in the process of
driving off.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The
brakes will be released automatically.
You must remain in your vehicle once
the system activates. Failure to
follow this warning could result in
serious personal injury or death.
During all times, you are responsible
for controlling your vehicle,
supervising the system and
intervening, if required. Failure to take care
may result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
The system will turn off if a
malfunction is apparent or if you rev
the engine excessively. Failure to
take care may result in the loss of control
of your vehicle, serious personal injury or
death.
HILL START ASSIST - MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
WARNINGS
The system does not replace the
parking brake. When you leave your
vehicle, always apply the parking
brake. Failure to leave your vehicle securely
parked may lead to a crash or injury. See
Parking Brake (page 119).
The system makes it easier to pull away
when your vehicle is on a slope without the
need to use the parking brake.
120
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Brakes
WARNINGS
You must remain in your vehicle
when the system turns on. At all
times, you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising the
system and intervening, if required. Failure
to take care may result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, serious personal
injury or death.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The
brakes will be released automatically.
The system will turn off if a
malfunction is apparent or if you rev
the engine excessively. Failure to
take care may result in the loss of control
of your vehicle, serious personal injury or
death.
The system will remain on or off depending
on how it was last set.
Switching the System On and Off
Your vehicle comes with this feature
already enabled. If required, you can switch
this feature off using the information
display. See General Information (page
66).
The system makes it easier to pull away
when your vehicle is on a slope without the
need to use the parking brake.
When the system is active, your vehicle will
remain stationary on the slope for two to
three seconds after you release the brake
pedal. This allows time to move your foot
from the brake to the accelerator pedal.
The brakes are released automatically
once the engine has developed sufficient
drive to prevent your vehicle from rolling
down the slope. This is an advantage when
pulling away on a slope, for example from
a car park ramp, traffic lights or when
reversing uphill into a parking space.
Using Hill Start Assist
1.
Press the brake pedal to bring your
vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep
the brake pedal pressed.
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle
is on a slope, the system will activate
automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal, your vehicle will remain
on the slope without rolling away for
about two to three seconds. This hold
time will automatically be extended if
you are in the process of driving off.
121
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Traction Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The traction control system helps avoid
drive wheel spin and loss of traction.
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system
applies the brakes to individual wheels
and, when needed, reduces engine power
at the same time. If the wheels spin when
accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces,
the system reduces engine power in order
to increase traction.
USING TRACTION CONTROL
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
Switching the System Off and On
Using the Information Display
Controls
Your vehicle comes with this feature
already enabled. If required, you can switch
this feature off using the information
display controls.
When you switch the system off, stability
control remains fully active.
Switching the System Off Using a
Switch (If Equipped)
The switch is located in the instrument
panel.
Press the switch. You will see a message
in conjunction with an illuminated icon in
the display. Press the switch again to
return the system to normal mode.
When you switch the system off, stability
control remains fully active.
122
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Stability Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
Stability Control Warning Lamp
Electronic Stability Program
While driving, it flashes when the system
is operating. See Warning Lamps and
Indicators (page 62).
WARNING
The system does not relieve you of
your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention. Failure to do so
could result in loss of vehicle control,
personal injury or death.
USING STABILITY CONTROL
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
Switching the System Off and On
Using the Information Display
Controls
Your vehicle comes with this feature
already enabled. If required, you can switch
this feature off using the information
display. See General Information (page
66).
Stability control will remain on even when
you have switched the traction control off.
Switching the System Off Using a
Switch (If Equipped)
The switch is located in the instrument
panel.
A
Without ESP
B
With ESP
Press the switch. You will see a message
in conjunction with an illuminated icon in
the display. Press the switch again to
return the system to normal mode.
Stability control will remain on even when
you have switched the traction control off.
The system supports stability when your
vehicle starts to slide away from your
intended path. The system performs this
by braking individual wheels and reducing
engine torque as required.
The system also provides an enhanced
traction control function by reducing
engine torque if the wheels spin when you
accelerate. This improves your ability to
pull away on slippery roads or loose
surfaces, and improves comfort by limiting
wheel spin in hairpin bends.
123
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Parking Aids
Note: The outer sensors may detect the
side walls of a garage. If the distance
between the outer sensors and the side wall
remains constant for three seconds, the
alert will turn off. As you continue the inner
sensors will detect objects directly behind
your vehicle.
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
The system does not relieve you of
your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention.
If your vehicles has a non-Ford
approved trailer tow module the
system may not correctly detect
objects.
PARKING AID
WARNINGS
Sensing is only an aid to detect some
objects when moving forward or
backward at low speeds. Traffic
control systems, inclement weather or an
external motor and fan can affect the
sensors; this may include reduced
performance or false activation. To help
avoid personal injury you must read and
understand the limitations of the system
detailed in this section.
The sensors may not detect objects
in heavy rain or other conditions that
cause disruptive reflections.
The sensors may not detect objects
with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic
waves.
The system does not detect objects
that are moving away from your
vehicle. They will only be detected
shortly after they start to move toward
your vehicle.
The parking aid system may not
prevent contact with small or moving
objects that are close to the ground.
The parking aid system gives an audible
warning when it detects a large object
helping to avoid damage to your vehicle.
To help avoid personal injury you must take
care when using the parking aid system.
Take particular care when reversing
with a tow ball arm or a rear fitted
accessory. For example, a bicycle
carrier. The rear parking aid will only
indicate the approximate distance from
the rear bumper to an object.
If you use a high pressure spray to
wash your vehicle, only spray the
sensors briefly from a distance not
less than eight inches (20 centimeters).
Note: Some add-on equipment can cause
reduced performance or false activation.
For example, large trailer hitches, bike or
surfboard racks.
Note: If your vehicle has a tow ball arm, the
system is turned off automatically when
trailer lamps (or lighting boards) are
connected to the 13-pin socket through a
Ford approved trailer tow module.
Note: The parking aid system sensors must
be kept clean and free from snow or ice to
avoid reduced performance or false
activation. Do not clean the sensors with
sharp objects.
Note: Keep the sensors free from dirt, ice
or snow. Do not clean with sharp objects.
Note: If the parking aid sensors are
misaligned due to vehicle bumper damage
it will cause reduced performance or false
activation.
Note: The system may emit false alerts if
it detects a signal using the same frequency
as the sensors or if your vehicle is fully
loaded.
124
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Parking Aids
The parking aid system gives an audible
warning and reduces the radio volume
when it detects a large object within a
limited range of your vehicle’s bumpers.
The system detects large objects when
you move the transmission selector lever
to R (reverse):
• and your vehicle is moving toward the
object at a speed of less than 3 mph
(5 km/h)
• and your vehicle is not moving but a
moving object is approaching the rear
of your vehicle at a speed of less than
3 mph (5 km/h)
• and your vehicle is moving at a speed
of less than 3 mph (5 km/h) and a
moving object is approaching the rear
of your vehicle at a speed of less than
3 mph (5 km/h).
Note: When the parking aid system no
longer detects a large object the radio
volume will return to the previous level.
Rear Sensing System
The rear parking aid sensors turn on
automatically when you move the
transmission selector lever to R (reverse)
and your vehicle is moving at a speed of
less than 3 mph (5 km/h). Moving your
vehicle closer to a large object will increase
the audible warning repeat rate. When the
object is less than 12 inches (30
centimeters) from the center of your
vehicle’s rear bumper the audible warning
will sound continuously. If the object is
more than 12 inches (30 centimeters) from
the side of your vehicle’s rear bumper the
audible warning will sound for three
seconds. If the object is less than 12 inches
(30 centimeters) from the side of your
vehicle’s rear bumper the audible warning
will sound continuously.
A
Move the transmission selector lever from
R (reverse) or press the parking aid button
to switch the system off. If a fault is
present in the system, a warning message
appears in the information display and
does not allow you to switch the system
on.
Front and Rear Sensing System
The front and rear parking aid sensors turn
on automatically when you move the
transmission selector lever to R (reverse),
D (drive) or L (low) and your vehicle is
moving at a speed of less than 7 mph (12
km/h).
The rear parking aid sensor
coverage area is up to 72 inches
(183 centimeters) from the
center of your vehicle’s rear
bumper. There is a decreased
coverage area at the outer
corners.
125
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Parking Aids
•
•
A
The front parking aid sensor
coverage area is up to 31 inches
(80 centimeters) from the
center of your vehicle’s front
bumper and up to 14 inches (35
centimeters) to the side of your
vehicle’s front bumper. The rear
parking aid sensor coverage area
is up to 72 inches (183
centimeters) from the center of
your vehicle’s rear bumper. There
is a decreased coverage area at
the outer corners.
•
The parking aid system prioritises
audible warnings based on large
objects that are the closest to your
vehicle’s front or rear bumper. For
example, if an object is 24 inches (60
centimeters) from your vehicle’s front
bumper and at the same time, an
object is only 16 inches (40
centimeters) from your vehicle’s rear
bumper, you will hear the
lower-pitched tone from the rear audio
system speakers.
You will hear an alternating audible
warning from the front and rear audio
system speakers if large objects are
less than 12 inches (30 centimeters)
from your vehicle’s front and rear
bumpers.
If the object is more than 12 inches (30
centimeters) from the side of your
vehicle’s bumper area the audible
warning will sound for three seconds.
If the object is less than 12 inches (30
centimeters) from the side of your
vehicle’s bumper area the audible
warning will sound continuously.
Move the transmission selector lever from
R (reverse), D (drive), L (low) or move
away from large objects as you drive off,
or press the parking aid button to switch
the system off. For item location: See At
a Glance (page 12). If a fault is present in
the system, a warning message appears
in the information display and does not
allow you to switch the system on.
Audible warnings will sound when large
objects are within the sensor coverage
areas of either bumper in the following
manner:
• You will hear a high-pitched tone from
the front audio system speakers when
large objects are within the sensor
coverage area of your vehicle’s front
bumper. Moving your vehicle closer to
a large object will increase the audible
warning repeat rate.
• You will hear a lower-pitched tone
from the rear audio system speakers
when large objects are within the
sensor coverage area of your vehicle’s
rear bumper. Moving your vehicle closer
to a large object will increase the
audible warning repeat rate.
REAR VIEW CAMERA
WARNINGS
The rear view camera system is a
reverse aid supplement device that
still requires the driver to use it in
conjunction with the interior and exterior
mirrors for maximum coverage.
126
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Parking Aids
Using the Display
WARNINGS
The camera may not detect objects
that are very close to your vehicle.
WARNINGS
Objects in the display are closer than
they appear.
Back up as slow as possible since
higher speeds might limit your
reaction time to stop the vehicle.
Objects above the camera may not
be visible. Check the area behind
your vehicle when necessary.
Note: The operation of the camera may
vary depending on the ambient temperature,
vehicle and road conditions.
Distance markers are only a guide and are
calculated for unloaded vehicles on an
even road surface.
The lines show a projected vehicle path
and the approximate distance from the
rear bumper to an object.
The camera is located on the liftgate.
Switching the Rear View Camera
On
Switch the ignition and the audio unit on.
Move the transmission selector lever to
reverse (R).
You will see the image in the audio unit or
the interior mirror.
The camera may not operate correctly in
the following conditions:
• Dark areas.
• Intense light areas.
• If there is a sudden change to the
ambient temperature.
• If the camera is wet.
• If the camera is obstructed.
127
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Parking Aids
Note: When reversing with a trailer the
camera will show the direction of your
vehicle and not the direction of the trailer.
Note: When reversing with a trailer the
screen does not display the lines.
Switching the Rear View Camera
Off
The image does not display when you
move the gearshift lever into Park (P).
Vehicles With Rear View Camera Delay
The display will automatically switch off
after disengaging reverse gear (R).
The system will automatically switch off
when your vehicle speed is above 5.0 mph
(8 km/h).
Note: Depending upon which type of
multimedia display you have, the rear view
camera delay is always on, it cannot be
switched off.
Note: The interior mirror does not have the
rear view camera delay feature.
Vehicles with Parking Aid (If Equipped)
The display will show a colored distance
bar. This indicates the approximate
distance from the rear bumper to an
object.
These are color coded as follows:
• Red - Zone
• Amber - Zone
• Green - Zone
A
Red - Zone
B
Amber - Zone
C
Green - Zone
D
Black - center line of the
projected vehicle path
128
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Cruise Control
Switching Cruise Control On
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
Press and release ON.
Cruise control lets you maintain a set
speed without keeping your foot on the
accelerator pedal. You can use cruise
control when your vehicle speed is greater
than 20 mph (30 km/h).
The indicator will display in the
instrument cluster.
Setting a Speed
1. Accelerate to the desired speed.
2. Press and release SET+.
3. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
USING CRUISE CONTROL
WARNINGS
Do not use cruise control in heavy
traffic, on winding roads or when the
road surface is slippery. This could
result in loss of vehicle control, serious
injury or death.
Changing the Set Speed
•
When you are going downhill, your
vehicle speed may increase above
the set speed. The system will not
apply the brakes. Change down a gear to
assist the system in maintaining the set
speed. Failure to do so could result in loss
of vehicle control, serious injury or death.
•
•
Note: Cruise control will disengage if your
vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph
(16 km/h) below your set speed while
driving uphill.
Press and hold SET+ or SET-. Release
the control when you reach the desired
speed.
Press and release SET+ or SET-. The
set speed will change in approximately
1 mph (2 km/h) increments.
Press the accelerator or brake pedal
until you reach the desired speed. Press
and release SET+.
Canceling the Set Speed
Pull CAN toward you and release, or tap
the brake pedal. The system will not erase
the set speed.
Resuming the Set Speed
Pull RES toward you and release.
Switching Cruise Control Off
Note: You will erase the set speed if you
switch the system off.
Press and release OFF or switch the
ignition off.
The cruise control switches are located on
the steering wheel.
129
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Driving Aids
Note: The set speed limit can be
intentionally exceeded for a short period of
time if required, for example when
overtaking.
SPEED LIMITER
Principle of Operation
WARNING
Switching the System On and Off
When you are going downhill, your
vehicle speed may increase above
the set speed. The system will not
apply the brakes but a warning will be
given.
Press switch B. The information display
will prompt you to set a speed.
Setting the Speed Limit
Use the cruise control switches to alter the
maximum speed setting.
The system allows you to set a speed, to
which your vehicle then becomes limited.
The set speed will become the effective
maximum speed of your vehicle, but with
the option to temporarily exceed this limit
if required.
Press switch A or C to select your desired
speed limit. The speed is displayed in the
information display and stored as the set
speed.
Pull switch D to cancel the limiter and
place it in standby mode. The information
display will confirm this has been turned
off by showing the set speed crossed out.
Using the System
The system is operated by adjustment
controls mounted on the steering
wheel.
Pull switch D again to resume the limiter.
The information display will confirm this
has been turned on by showing the set
speed again.
Intentionally Exceeding the Set Speed
Limit
Depress the accelerator fully to temporarily
turn the system off, this will be indicated
in the information Display. The system will
turn on once your vehicle speed drops
below the set speed.
System Warnings
A
Set speed increase
B
On and off
C
Set speed decrease
D
Cancel and resume
If you exceed the set speed, a warning will
flash in the information display and you
will hear a warning chime.
130
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Driving Aids
ACTIVE CITY STOP
WARNINGS
The system may not operate
correctly if you replace the
windshield with a non-Ford
windshield. Do not carry out windshield
repairs in front of the sensor. Failure to
adhere to this warning may lead to an
accident or injury.
Principle of Operation
WARNINGS
You are responsible for controlling
your vehicle at all times. The system
does not relieve you of your
responsibility to drive with due care and
attention. Failure to take care may result
in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
The system may not detect objects
with surfaces that absorb reflections.
Failure to take care may result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
To achieve full system performance
you must break in the braking
system. See Breaking-In (page 140).
Failure to take care may result in the loss
of control of your vehicle, serious personal
injury or death.
The system will not operate correctly
if the sensor is blocked. Keep the
windshield free from obstructions,
for example, bird droppings, insects, snow
or ice. Failure to adhere to this warning may
lead to an accident or injury.
If the system applies the brakes and
the engine stops the hazard warning
flashers will automatically turn on.
Failure to take care may lead to a crash or
personal injury.
When you switch the ignition on the
sensor transmits a laser beam. Never
look directly into the sensor. There is
a risk of eye injury.
The system does not react to
cyclists, motorcyclists, pedestrians,
animals or vehicles that are driving
in a different direction. Failure to take care
may result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
The sensor is on the rear of the interior
mirror. It continuously monitors conditions
to decide when to intervene.
The system operates at speeds below
approximately 19 mph (30 km/h) by
applying the brakes if it detects that a
crash is likely. If the system applies the
brakes a message will appear in the
information display.
The system does not operate during
harsh acceleration or steering. Failure
to take care may lead to a crash or
personal injury.
The system may not operate during
cold or severe weather conditions.
Snow, ice, heavy rain and spray can
influence the system. Keep the hood free
of snow and ice. Failure to take care may
result in the loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
The system may reduce the risk of a low
speed crash into another vehicle. It also
helps reduce impact damage or may avoid
the crash completely.
Note: You must depress the brake pedal to
obtain full braking force.
The system may not operate when
driving around sharp curves. Failure
to take care may lead to a crash or
personal injury.
131
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Driving Aids
Switching the System Off and On
Your vehicle comes with this feature
already enabled. If required, you can switch
this feature off using the information
display controls. See General
Information (page 66).
Note: The system automatically turns on
every time you switch the ignition on.
In certain situations we recommend that
you switch the system off, for example:
• driving off-road when objects may
cover the windshield
• driving through a car wash facility.
132
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Load Carrying
GENERAL INFORMATION
LUGGAGE ANCHOR POINTS
WARNINGS
Use load securing straps to an
approved standard, e.g. DIN.
Make sure that you secure all loose
items properly.
Place luggage and other loads as low
and as far forward as possible within
the luggage or loadspace.
Do not drive with the liftgate or rear
door open. Exhaust fumes may enter
your vehicle.
Do not exceed the maximum front
and rear axle loads for your vehicle.
See Vehicle Identification Plate
(page 201).
Do not allow items to contact the
rear windows.
REAR UNDER FLOOR
STORAGE
Note: When loading long objects in to your
vehicle, for example pipes, timber or
furniture be careful not to damage the
interior trim.
Passenger Compartment Floor
The under floor storage compartment is
located behind the front passenger seat.
133
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Load Carrying
Cargo Management System (If
CARGO NETS
Equipped)
Installing the Net
The system is located in the floor of the
cargo area. Lift the handle to open.
Adjustable Load Floor (If Equipped)
1.
Push the ends of the upper bar toward
each other and insert them into the
retainers in the roof. Push the bar
forward into the narrow section of the
retainers.
Vehicles with the standard size spare tire
can adjust the load floor to two positions.
The front of the load floor can be placed
either on (for high position) or below (for
low position) the ledges behind the rear
seats. The rear of the load floor always sits
on the two small shelves located on the
liftgate trim.
134
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Load Carrying
3. Tighten the straps.
Removing the Net
2. Attach the net to the luggage anchor
points. See Luggage Anchor Points
(page 133).
1. Release the straps.
2. Remove the net from the luggage
anchor points.
3. Remove the upper bars.
ROOF RACKS AND LOAD
CARRIERS
WARNINGS
Read and follow the manufacturer’s
instructions when you are fitting a
roof rack. Failure to take care may
lead to a crash or personal injury.
When loading the roof racks, we
recommend you evenly distribute the
load, as well as maintain a low
center of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with
higher centers of gravity, may handle
differently than unloaded vehicles. Take
135
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Load Carrying
WARNINGS
extra precautions, such as slower speeds
and increased stopping distance, when
driving a heavily loaded vehicle. Failure to
take care may result in the loss of control
of your vehicle, serious personal injury or
death.
For correct roof rack system function, you
must place loads directly on crossbars
fitted to the roof rack side rails. When using
the roof rack system, we recommend you
use Ford genuine accessory crossbars
designed specifically for your vehicle.
Make sure that you securely fasten the
load. Check the tightness of the load
before driving and at each fuel stop.
Note: If you use a roof rack, the fuel
consumption of your vehicle will be higher
and you may experience different driving
characteristics.
Note: Never place loads directly on the roof
panel.
Maximum Load Weights
Do not exceed the following maximum
roof rack load weights.
Variant
All
Maximum Load lb
(kg)*
165 lb (75 kg)
*Evenly distribute the load on the roof rack.
136
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Towing
TRAILER SWAY CONTROL
You must carry the towing eye in your
vehicle at all times.
This feature applies your vehicle brakes at
individual wheels and if necessary, reduces
engine power. If the trailer begins to sway,
the traction control warning lamp will
flash.
Front Towing Eye
Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to
do so and check for correct trailer nose
weight (vertical weight on the tow ball)
and trailer load distribution. See
Capacities and Specifications (page
199). See Load Carrying (page 133).
Note: This feature does not prevent trailer
sway, but reduces it once it begins.
Remove the cover and install the towing
eye.
Note: This feature cannot stop all trailers
from swaying.
Rear Towing Eye
Note: In some cases, if your vehicle speed
is too high, the system may turn on multiple
times, gradually reducing your vehicle speed.
TOWING POINTS
WARNING
The towing eye has a left-hand
thread. Turn it counterclockwise to
install it. Make sure that the towing
eye is fully tightened. Failure to do so could
result in the towing hook becoming loose.
Remove the cover and install the towing
eye.
Note: If your vehicle has a tow bar, you
cannot install the towing eye at the rear of
your vehicle. Use the tow bar to tow other
vehicles.
Space is provided in the luggage
compartment on the left-hand side.
137
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Towing
TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
FOUR WHEELS - AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
WARNINGS
You must switch the ignition on when
your vehicle is being towed. Failure
to follow this warning could seriously
increase the risk of injury or death.
You must make sure the
transmission selector lever is placed
in position N. Failure to follow this
warning could damage the transmission
and may lead to a crash or injury.
The brake and steering assistance
will not operate unless the engine is
running. Press the brake pedal harder
and allow for increased stopping distances
and heavier steering. Failure to take care
may lead to a crash or personal injury.
Too much tension on a tow rope
could cause damage to your vehicle
or the vehicle that is towing.
If you need to have your vehicle towed,
contact a professional towing service. If
you are a member of a roadside assistance
program, contact your roadside assistance
service provider.
Emergency Towing
When being towed you must use flatbed
equipment, or wheel lift equipment and
dollies to allow sufficient ground
clearance. Do not use slingbelt lifting
equipment. This can cause vehicle damage
which is not covered by the vehicle
warranty.
You may do this under the following
conditions:
• Your vehicle is facing forward so that
it is towed in a forward direction.
• The transmission selector lever is
placed in position N. If the transmission
gear shift lever cannot be moved to
position N, it may need to be
overridden. See Automatic
Transmission (page 115).
• Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h).
• Maximum distance is 50 miles (80
kilometers).
If your vehicle is disabled without access
to wheel dollies, a car-hauling trailer, or a
flatbed transport vehicle it can be
flat-towed with all wheels on the ground.
Note: All road wheels must be clear of the
ground when being towed to allow sufficient
ground clearance.
138
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Towing
Drive off slowly and smoothly without
jerking the vehicle that is being towed.
Drive off slowly and smoothly without
jerking the vehicle that is being towed.
You must only use the towing eye that was
delivered with your vehicle. See Towing
Points (page 137).
You must only use the towing eye that was
delivered with your vehicle. See Towing
Points (page 137).
Tow ropes or rigid towing bars must be
placed on the same side. For example; right
hand rear towing point to right hand front
towing point.
Tow ropes or rigid towing bars must be
placed on the same side. For example; right
hand rear towing point to right hand front
towing point.
You must use a tow rope or rigid towing
bar that is of the correct strength for the
weight of the towing vehicle and the
vehicle that is being towed.
You must use a tow rope or rigid towing
bar that is of the correct strength for the
weight of the towing vehicle and the
vehicle that is being towed.
Note: Using a rigid towing bar is the safest
way to tow a vehicle.
The weight of the vehicle that is being
towed must not exceed the weight of the
towing vehicle.
The weight of the vehicle that is being
towed must not exceed the weight of the
towing vehicle.
Do not exceed 30 mph (50 km/h). See
Transporting the Vehicle (page 138).
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
FOUR WHEELS - MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
WARNINGS
You must switch the ignition on when
your vehicle is being towed. Failure
to follow this warning could seriously
increase the risk of injury or death.
The brake and steering assistance
will not operate unless the engine is
running. Press the brake pedal harder
and allow for increased stopping distances
and heavier steering. Failure to take care
may lead to a crash or personal injury.
Too much tension on a tow rope
could cause damage to your vehicle
or the vehicle that is towing.
When towing your vehicle you must
select neutral. Failure to follow this
warning could damage the
transmission and may lead to a crash or
injury.
139
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Driving Hints
You must only drive your vehicle for a short
distance if the engine overheats. The
distance you can travel depends on
ambient temperature, vehicle load and
terrain. The engine will continue to operate
with limited power for a short time.
BREAKING-IN
Tires
WARNING
New tires need to be run-in for
approximately 300 miles (500
kilometers). During this time, you
may experience different driving
characteristics.
If the engine temperature continues to rise,
the fuel supply to the engine will reduce.
The air conditioning will switch off and the
engine cooling fan will operate continually.
1.
Brakes and Clutch
WARNING
2.
Avoid heavy use of the brakes and
clutch if possible for the first 100
miles (150 kilometers) in town and
for the first 1000 miles (1500 kilometers)
on freeways.
3.
4.
5.
Engine
WARNING
Reduce your speed gradually and stop
your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do
so.
Switch the engine off immediately to
prevent severe engine damage.
Wait for the engine to cool down.
Check the coolant level. See Engine
Coolant Check (page 167).
Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized dealer as soon as possible.
ECONOMICAL DRIVING
Avoid driving too fast during the first
1000 miles (1500 kilometers). Vary
your speed frequently and change
up through the gears early. Do not labor
the engine.
The following will help to improve fuel
consumption.
Tire Pressures
Check your tire pressures regularly to
optimize fuel economy. For best results
use the economy pressures. See
Technical Specifications (page 197).
REDUCED ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
WARNING
Gear Shifting
Continued operation will increase the
engine temperature and cause the
engine to shut down completely.
Use the highest drivable gear appropriate
for the road conditions.
Anticipation
If the engine coolant temperature gauge
needle moves to the upper limit position,
the engine is overheating. See Gauges
(page 61).
Adjust your vehicle speed and the distance
to other vehicles without the need for
heavy braking or acceleration.
140
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Driving Hints
Efficient Speed
When driving in water, maintain a low
speed and do not stop your vehicle. After
driving through water and as soon as it is
safe to do so:
• Depress the brake pedal lightly to
check that the brakes are functioning
correctly.
• Check that the horn works.
• Check that your vehicle's lamps are
fully operational.
• Check the power assistance
of the steering system.
Higher speeds use more fuel. Reduce your
cruising speed on open roads.
Accessories
Try not to add unnecessary accessories to
the exterior of your vehicle. If you use a roof
rack, remember to fold it down or remove
it when not in use.
Electrical Systems
Switch off all electrical systems when not
in use, for example air conditioning. Make
sure you unplug any accessories from the
auxiliary power points when not in use.
FLOOR MATS
COLD WEATHER
PRECAUTIONS
The functional operation of some
components and systems can be affected
at temperatures below -13°F (-25°C).
DRIVING THROUGH WATER
WARNINGS
Drive through water in an emergency
only and not as part of normal
driving.
WARNINGS
Always use floor mats that are
designed to fit the foot well of your
vehicle, leaving the pedal area
unobstructed, and which can be firmly
secured to retention posts so that they
cannot slip out of position and interfere
with the pedals or impair safe operation of
your vehicle in other ways.
Engine damage can occur if water
enters the air filter.
In an emergency, you can drive your vehicle
through water to a maximum depth of 8
inches (200 millimeters) and at a
maximum speed of 6 mph (10 km/h). You
must take extra care when driving through
flowing water.
Incorrectly fitted floor mats can
cause the accelerator pedal to
become stuck in the open position.
This can cause loss of vehicle control.
Always correctly install the floor
mats to the retention posts so that
they cannot slip out of position or
obstruct pedal operation.
141
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Driving Hints
WARNINGS
Do not place unsecured floor mats
or any other covering in the foot well.
Do not place additional floor mats
or any other covering on top of the
original floor mats. This will reduce
the pedal clearance and interfere with the
pedal operation.
Do not allow objects to fall or
become trapped under the pedals of
your vehicle. This can cause loss of
vehicle control.
Carry out regular inspections to make
sure the floor mats are secure.
To install the floor mats, position the floor
mat eyelet over the retention post and
press down to lock in position.
Remove in reverse order.
142
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Roadside Emergencies
HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS
In the event of a moderate to severe crash,
your vehicle is fitted with a fuel pump
shut-off feature that stops the flow of fuel
to the engine. Not every impact will cause
a shut-off.
The hazard warning button is located on
the instrument panel. Use it when your
vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other
motorists.
Should the engine turn off after a crash,
you may restart the engine by carrying out
the following.
Ignition Switch
Press the button to turn on the hazard
warning function, and the front and rear
direction indicators will flash.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Switch the ignition off.
Switch the ignition to position III.
Switch the ignition off.
Switch the ignition on again to
re-enable the fuel pump.
Note: Various system checks are
automatically carried out before the vehicle
will restart. if your vehicle fails to restart
after the third attempt, the system has
detected a fault that requires service. We
recommend you contact an authorized
dealer.
Press the button again to turn them off.
Note: If used when the engine is not
running, the battery will lose charge. There
may be insufficient power to restart your
engine.
Note: Depending on applicable laws and
regulations in the country for which your
vehicle was originally built, the hazard
warning flashers may flash if you brake
heavily.
Keyless Starting (If Equipped)
FIRST AID KIT
1.
Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once.
2. Press the brake pedal, and then press
and release the button once.
3. Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once.
4. Press the brake pedal, and then press
and hold the button until the engine
starts.
Note: Various system checks are
automatically carried out before the vehicle
will restart. if your vehicle fails to restart
after the third attempt, the system has
detected a fault that requires service. We
recommend you contact an authorized
dealer.
Space is provided in the overhead console
or lower door bins.
WARNING TRIANGLE
Space is provided in the overhead console
or lower door bins.
FUEL SHUTOFF
WARNING
Failure to inspect and if necessary
repair fuel leaks after a crash may
increase the risk of fire and serious
injury. We recommend that the fuel system
be inspected by an authorized dealer after
any crash.
143
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Roadside Emergencies
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
WARNINGS
Do not use fuel lines, engine rocker
covers or the intake manifold as
grounding points.
C
Positive connection cable
D
Negative connection cable
1.
Position the vehicles so that they do
not touch one another.
2. Switch off the engine and any electrical
equipment.
3. Connect the positive (+) terminal of
vehicle B with the positive (+) terminal
of vehicle A (cable C).
Connect batteries with only the same
nominal voltage.
Always use booster cables with
insulated clamps and adequate size
cable.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery from
your vehicle’s electrical system.
To Connect the Booster Cables
4. Connect the negative (-) terminal of
vehicle B to the ground connection of
vehicle A (cable D).
WARNINGS
Do not connect directly to the
negative (–) terminal of the battery
with low charge.
Make sure that the cables are clear
of any moving parts and fuel delivery
system parts.
To Start the Engine
1.
A
Vehicle with low charge battery
B
Booster battery vehicle
Run the engine of vehicle B at a
moderately high speed.
2. Start the engine of vehicle A.
3. Run both vehicles for a minimum of
three minutes before disconnecting the
cables.
144
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Roadside Emergencies
WARNING
Do not switch on the headlamps
when disconnecting the cables. The
peak voltage could blow the bulbs.
Disconnect the cables in the reverse order.
145
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Fuses
Luggage Compartment Fuse Box
FUSE BOX LOCATIONS
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
The fuse box is located in the engine
compartment. See Maintenance (page
158).
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box
The fuse box is located in the luggage
compartment on the right-hand side.
Remove the fuse box cover to gain access
to the fuses.
The fuse box is located below the glove
box.
146
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Fuses
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
Fuse
Fuse Rating
Circuits protected
F1
-
Not used
F2
-
Not used
F3
-
Not used
F4
-
Not used
F5
-
Not used
F6
-
Not used
F7
40A
F8
30A
**
Anti-lock brake system
Electronic stability program
**
Stability control
147
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Fuses
Fuse
Fuse Rating
F9
30A
F10
40A
F11
20A
F12
30A
F13
30A
F14
40A
F15
20A
Circuits protected
**
Heated rear window
**
Blower motor
**
Rear floor console auxiliary power point
**
Powertrain control module
**
Starter relay
**
Heated windshield (right-hand side)
**
Rear auxiliary power points
25A
F16
40A
F17
Charge air cooler (1.0L EcoBoost)
**
Heated windshield (left-hand side)
20A
**
Floor console auxiliary power point
F18
20A
Driver stowage bin auxiliary power point
F19
5A
F20
15A
F21
5A
F22
15A
Battery monitor system
10A
Power supply voltage (powertrain control module)
Anti-lock brake system
Stability Control
*
*
Horn
Stop lamp switch
*
*
F23
5A
Relay coils
F24
25A
F25
10A
F26
5A
F26
15A
*
*
*
*
Fuel fired booster heater (van only)
Power mirrors (without door control unit)
Engine control relay coil feed (vehicles with a
gasoline engine)
Engine control relay coil feed (vehicles with a diesel
engine)
Transmission control (vehicles with a diesel engine)
148
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Fuses
Fuse
Fuse Rating
F27
15A
F28
5A
Voltage quality module (ignition)
25A
Rear power windows (without door control unit)
F29
*
*
*
25A
Circuits protected
Air conditioning clutch
Front power windows (without door control unit)
F30
5A
Ignition switch position II output
F31
10A
Security horn
F32
15A
Engine control module
10A
Mass air flow solenoid
Exhaust gas recirculation solenoid
F33
*
10A
Engine control module
15A
Ignition coil pack
*
F34
10A
*
Fuel injectors
F35
15A
*
Fuel filter heater
F36
10A
5A
F37
5A
F38
15A
F39
5A
F40
5A
F41
20A
F42
15A
F43
15A
F44
15A
F45
10A
*
Engine control module
Active grille shutter
Parking assist control module
*
*
Engine control module
Transmission control module
*
Headlamp leveling
*
Electronic power assist steering
*
Body control module
*
Rear window wiper
*
Heated front seat
*
Headlamp control module
*
Heated washer nozzle
149
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Fuses
Fuse
*
Fuse Rating
F46
40A
F47
7.5A
F48
*
**
25A
Circuits protected
Windshield wiper
Heated exterior mirror (without door control unit)
Body control module
**
Mini fuses Cartridge fuses
Relay
Circuits switched
R1
Charge air cooler fan (1.0L EcoBoost)
R2
Horn
R3
Security horn
R4
Not used
R5
Rear window wiper
R6
Not used
R7
Heated windshield
R8
Accessory delay
R9
Ignition
R10
Starter motor
R11
Air conditioning clutch
R12
Cooling fan
R13
Blower motor
R14
Electronic engine control
R15
Heated rear window
R16
Ignition
150
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Fuses
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box
Fuse
Fuse Rating
F56
20A
Circuits protected
F57
-
Not used
F58
-
Not used
F59
5A
Passive anti-theft system transceiver
F60
10A
Interior lamp
Driver door switch pack
Glove compartment lamp
Fuel pump
151
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Fuses
Fuse
Fuse Rating
Circuits protected
Overhead console switch bank
F61
-
Not used
F62
5A
Autowipers
Auto-dimming interior mirror
Adaptive cruise control (front sensing module)
F63
10A
F64
-
F65
10A
F66
-
F67
7.5A
SYNC
Front display interface module
Global positioning system module
F68
15A
Electric steering column lock
F69
5A
Instrument panel cluster
F70
-
F71
10A
Heating control head (manual air conditioning)
Dual automatic temperature control
F72
7.5A
Steering wheel module
F73
7.5A
Data link connector
Battery backup sounder
F74
15A
High beam headlamp
Not used
Liftgate release
Not used
Not used
F75
15A
Front fog lamp
F76
10A
Reversing lamp
F77
20A
Washer pump
F78
5A
Ignition switch
Ignition switch (vehicles with keyless starting)
F79
15A
Audio unit
DVD navigation system
Touchscreen
Hazard flasher switch
Door lock switch
F80
20A
Moonroof
152
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Fuses
Fuse
Fuse Rating
Circuits protected
F81
5A
F82
20A
Washer pump
F83
20A
Central locking
Radio frequency receiver
Interior motion sensor
F84
-
F85
7.5A
Not used
Ignition switch
F86
10A
Airbag module
Occupant classification system
Passenger airbag deactivation indicator
F87
-
Not used
F88
-
Not used
F89
-
Not used
Load Compartment Fuse Box
Fuse
Fuse Rating
Circuits protected
F1
10A
Rear heating, ventilation and air conditioning
F2
25A
Driver seat adjuster
F3
25A
Driver door module
F4
25A
Passenger door module
153
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Fuses
Fuse
Fuse Rating
Circuits protected
F5
-
F6
25A
Door control unit (left-hand rear)
F7
25A
Door control unit (right-hand rear)
F8
10A
Security horn
F9
-
Not used
F10
-
Not used
F11
-
Not used
Not used
F12
10A
Climate control (vehicles with start-stop)
F13
5A
Instrument panel cluster (vehicles with start-stop)
F14
7.5A
Information and entertainment display
SYNC
Global positioning system module (vehicles with
start-stop)
F15
15A
Audio unit (vehicles with start-stop)
F16
-
Not used
F17
-
Not used
F18
-
Not used
F19
-
Not used
F20
-
Not used
F21
-
Not used
F22
-
Not used
Not used
F23
-
F24
20A
Rear auxiliary power points
F25
40A
Rear blower motor
F26
40A
Accessories
Trailer tow module
F27
30A
Voltage quality module
F28
20A
Fuel fired booster heater
154
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Fuses
Fuse
Fuse Rating
Circuits protected
F29
5A
Blind spot monitoring system
Front view camera
Adaptive cruise control
Rear view camera with park assist
Low voltage DC/DC converter ignition signal
F30
5A
Parking aid
F31
-
Not used
F32
-
Not used
F33
-
Not used
F34
15A
Driver heated seat
Passenger heated seat
F35
15A
F36
-
F37
20A
F38
-
Not used
Not used
Not used
Power sunblind
F39
-
F40
7.5A
F41
-
Not used
F42
-
Not used
F43
-
Not used
F44
-
Not used
F45
-
Not used
F46
5A
Relay
Ignition (Rear heating, ventilation and air conditioning module)
Rear view camera with park assist (vehicles with
start-stop)
Circuits switched
R1
Ignition switch
R2
Rear heating, ventilation and air conditioning motor
R3
Not used
155
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Fuses
Relay
Circuits switched
R4
Not used
R5
Security horn
R6
Not used
CHANGING A FUSE
Fuses
WARNING
If electrical components in the vehicle are
not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown
fuses are identified by a broken wire within
the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses
before replacing any electrical
components.
Always replace a fuse with one that
has the specified amperage rating.
Using a fuse with a higher amperage
rating can cause severe wire damage and
could start a fire.
Standard Fuse Amperage Rating and Color
Color
Fuse rating
Mini fuses
Standard
fuses
Maxi fuses
Cartridge
maxi fuses
Fuse link
cartridge
2A
Grey
Grey
-
-
-
3A
Violet
Violet
-
-
-
4A
Pink
Pink
-
-
-
5A
Tan
Tan
-
-
-
7.5A
Brown
Brown
-
-
-
10A
Red
Red
-
-
-
15A
Blue
Blue
-
-
-
20A
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Blue
Blue
25A
Natural
Natural
-
Natural
Natural
30A
Green
Green
Green
Pink
Pink
40A
-
-
Orange
Green
Green
156
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Fuses
Color
Fuse rating
Mini fuses
Standard
fuses
Maxi fuses
Cartridge
maxi fuses
Fuse link
cartridge
50A
-
-
Red
Red
Red
60A
-
-
Blue
Yellow
Yellow
70A
-
-
Tan
-
Brown
80A
-
-
Natural
Black
Black
157
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Maintenance
GENERAL INFORMATION
•
Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help
maintain its roadworthiness and resale
value. There is a large network of Ford
authorized repairers that are there to help
you with their professional servicing
expertise. Authorized repairers are best
qualified to service your vehicle properly
and expertly, with a wide range of highly
specialized tools.
•
In addition to regular servicing, we
recommend that you carry out the
following checks.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid
Check (page 168).
Tire pressures (when cold). See
Technical Specifications (page 188).
Tire condition. See Wheels and Tires
(page 184).
Monthly Checks
•
WARNINGS
Switch the ignition off before
touching or attempting adjustment
of any kind.
Do not touch the electronic ignition
system parts after you have switched
the ignition on or when the engine is
running. The system operates at high
voltage.
Engine coolant level (engine cold). See
Engine Coolant Check (page 167).
Pipes, hoses and reservoirs for leaks.
Air conditioning operation.
Parking brake operation.
Horn operation.
Tightness of lug nuts. See Technical
Specifications (page 188).
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
HOOD
Opening the Hood
Keep your hands and clothing clear
of the engine cooling fan. Under
certain conditions, the fan may
continue to run for several minutes after
you have switched the engine off.
Make sure that you fit filler caps
securely after carrying out
maintenance checks.
Daily Checks
•
•
•
Exterior lamps.
Interior lamps.
Warning lamps and indicators.
1. Open the front door.
2. Pull the hood release handle.
Check When Refueling
•
•
Engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check
(page 166).
Brake fluid level. See Brake and
Clutch Fluid Check (page 168).
158
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Maintenance
3. Move the catch to the left.
4. Open the hood and support it with the
support rod.
Closing the Hood
1.
Remove the support rod from the catch
and secure correctly.
2. Lower the hood and allow it to drop
under its own weight for the last 8
inches to 12 inches (20 centimeters
to 30 centimeters).
Note: Make sure the hood is fully closed.
159
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 1.0L ECOBOOST (74KW/100PS), LHD
*
*
A
Engine coolant reservoir : See Engine Coolant Check (page 167).
B
Engine oil dipstick : See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 166).
C
Engine oil filler cap : See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 166).
D
Brake and clutch fluid reservoir : See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page
168).
E
Battery: See Changing the 12V Battery (page 168).
*
*
*
F
Engine compartment fuse box: See Fuses (page 146).
G
Air cleaner: No maintenance necessary.
H
Windshield and rear window washer fluid reservoir: See Washer Fluid Check
(page 168).
The filler caps and the engine oil dipstick are colored for easy identification.
160
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 1.0L ECOBOOST (74KW/100PS), RHD
*
*
A
Engine coolant reservoir : See Engine Coolant Check (page 167).
B
Brake and clutch fluid reservoir : See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page
168).
C
Engine oil dipstick : See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 166).
D
Engine oil filler cap : See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 166).
E
Battery: See Changing the 12V Battery (page 168).
*
*
*
F
Engine compartment fuse box: See Fuses (page 146).
G
Air cleaner: No maintenance necessary.
H
Windshield and rear window washer fluid reservoir: See Washer Fluid Check
(page 168).
The filler caps and the engine oil dipstick are colored for easy identification.
161
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 1.6L ECOBOOST™, LHD
*
*
A
Engine coolant reservoir : See Engine Coolant Check (page 167).
B
Engine oil filler cap : See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 166).
*
*
C
Engine oil dipstick : See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 166).
D
Brake and clutch fluid reservoir : See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page
168).
E
Battery: See Changing the 12V Battery (page 168).
*
F
Engine compartment fuse box: See Fuses (page 146).
G
Air cleaner: No maintenance necessary.
H
Windshield and rear window washer fluid reservoir: See Washer Fluid Check
(page 168).
The filler caps and the engine oil dipstick are colored for easy identification.
162
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 1.6L ECOBOOST (110KW/150PS) SIGMA, RHD
*
*
A
Engine coolant reservoir : See Engine Coolant Check (page 167).
B
Brake and clutch fluid reservoir : See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page
168).
C
Engine oil filler cap : See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 166).
D
Engine oil dipstick : See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 166).
E
Battery: See Changing the 12V Battery (page 168).
*
*
*
F
Engine compartment fuse box: See Fuses (page 146).
G
Air cleaner: No maintenance necessary.
H
Windshield and rear window washer fluid reservoir: See Washer Fluid Check
(page 168).
The filler caps and the engine oil dipstick are colored for easy identification.
163
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 1.6L DURATORQ-TDCI (DV) DIESEL,
LHD
*
*
A
Engine coolant reservoir : See Engine Coolant Check (page 167).
B
Engine oil filler cap : See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 166).
*
*
C
Engine oil dipstick : See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 166).
D
Brake and clutch fluid reservoir : See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page
168).
E
Battery: See Changing the 12V Battery (page 168).
*
F
Engine compartment fuse box: See Fuses (page 146).
G
Air cleaner: No maintenance necessary.
H
Windshield and rear window washer fluid reservoir: See Washer Fluid Check
(page 168).
The filler caps and the engine oil dipstick are colored for easy identification.
164
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 1.6L DURATORQ-TDCI (DV) DIESEL,
RHD
*
*
A
Engine coolant reservoir : See Engine Coolant Check (page 167).
B
Brake and clutch fluid reservoir : See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page
168).
C
Engine oil filler cap : See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 166).
D
Engine oil dipstick : See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 166).
E
Battery: See Changing the 12V Battery (page 168).
*
*
*
F
Engine compartment fuse box: See Fuses (page 146).
G
Air cleaner: No maintenance necessary.
H
Windshield and rear window washer fluid reservoir: See Washer Fluid Check
(page 168).
The filler caps and the engine oil dipstick are colored for easy identification.
165
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 1.0L
ECOBOOST™
A
Minimum
B
Maximum
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 1.6L
DURATORQ-TDCI (DV) DIESEL
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 1.6L
ECOBOOST™
A
Minimum
B
Maximum
ENGINE OIL CHECK
1.
Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground.
2. Check the oil level before starting the
engine, or switch the engine off and
wait 10 minutes for the oil to drain into
the oil pan.
3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with
a clean, lint free cloth. Replace the
dipstick and remove it again to check
the oil level.
A
Minimum
B
Maximum
If the oil level is at the minimum mark, add
oil immediately. See Technical
Specifications (page 176).
Note: Make sure that the oil level is
between the minimum and the maximum
marks.
Note: Do not use oil additives or other
engine treatments. Under certain conditions
they may cause engine damage.
Note: The oil consumption of new engines
reaches its normal level after approximately
3000 mi (5,000 km).
166
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Maintenance
Adding Engine Oil
Adding Engine Coolant
WARNINGS
Only add oil when the engine is cold.
If the engine is hot, wait 10 minutes
for the engine to cool down.
WARNINGS
Only add coolant when the engine is
cold. If the engine is hot, wait 10
minutes for the engine to cool down.
Do not remove the filler cap when
the engine is running.
Do not remove the filler cap when
the engine is running.
Do not remove the filler cap when
the engine is hot. Wait for the engine
to cool down.
1.
Remove the engine oil filler cap. See
At a Glance (page 12).
2. Add engine oil that meets Ford
specifications. See Technical
Specifications (page 176).
3. Replace the engine oil filler cap. Turn
it until you feel a strong resistance.
Note: Do not add oil further than the
maximum mark. Oil levels above the
maximum mark may cause engine damage.
Undiluted coolant is flammable and
may ignite if spilt on a hot exhaust.
Note: In an emergency, you can add just
water to the cooling system to reach a
vehicle service station. Have the system
checked by an authorized dealer as soon as
possible.
Note: Soak up any spillage with an
absorbent cloth immediately.
Note: Prolonged use of incorrect dilution
of the coolant can cause engine damage
from corrosion, overheating or freezing.
ENGINE COOLANT CHECK
Note: Do not add coolant further than the
MAX mark.
WARNING
1.
Remove the filler cap. Any pressure will
escape slowly as you unscrew the cap.
2. Add a 50/50 mixture of coolant and
water using fluid that meets the Ford
specifications. See Technical
Specifications (page 179).
3. Replace the filler cap. Turn it until you
feel a strong resistance.
Do not allow the fluid to touch your
skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the
affected areas immediately with
plenty of water and contact your physician.
Note: Make sure that the level is between
the MIN and the MAX marks.
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The
level may therefore extend beyond the MAX
mark.
If the level is at the MIN mark, add coolant
immediately.
167
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Maintenance
BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID
CHECK
WARNINGS
Do not use any fluid other than the
recommended brake fluid as this will
reduce brake efficiency. Use of
incorrect fluid could result in the loss of
vehicle control, serious personal injury or
death.
Only use brake fluid from a sealed
container. Contamination with dirt,
water, petroleum products or other
materials may result in brake system
damage or failure. Failure to adhere to this
warning could result in the loss of vehicle
control, serious personal injury or death.
Note: The brake and the clutch systems are
supplied from the same reservoir.
Do not allow the fluid to touch your
skin or eyes. This could cause serious
personal injury. Rinse the affected
areas immediately with plenty of water
and consult a physician.
WASHER FLUID CHECK
Note: The reservoir supplies the front and
rear washer systems.
When adding fluid, use a mixture of washer
fluid and water to help prevent freezing in
cold weather and improve the cleaning
capability. We recommend that you use
only high quality washer fluid.
A fluid level between the MAX and
MIN lines is within the normal
operating range and there is no need
to add fluid. A fluid level outside of the
normal operating range could compromise
the performance of the brake or clutch
systems. Have your vehicle checked
immediately.
For information on fluid dilution, refer to
the product instructions.
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY
WARNING
For vehicles with Start-Stop the
battery requirement is different. You
must replace the battery with one of
exactly the same specification.
The battery is located in the engine
compartment. See Maintenance (page
158).
168
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Maintenance
Note: You must reset the bounce-back
feature for the power windows. See Power
Windows (page 55).
Note: The windshield wiper blades are
different in length. If you install wiper blades
of the wrong length, the wipers may not
work correctly. If equipped with autowipers,
the rain sensor may not work correctly.
Make sure that you dispose of
old batteries in an
environmentally friendly way.
Seek advice from your local authority
about recycling old batteries.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place. Lower the wiper arm and blade
back to the windshield. The wiper arms will
automatically return to their normal position
when the ignition is turned on.
CHECKING THE WIPER
BLADES
Note: Replace wiper blades at least once
per year for optimum performance.
Note: Poor wiper quality can be improved
by cleaning the wiper blades and the
windshield
Setting the Front Wipers in the
Service Position
1.
Make sure that the outside of the
windshield is free from snow and ice.
2. Switch on the ignition.
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of
the blade to check for roughness.
Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid
or water applied with a soft sponge or
cloth.
CHANGING THE WIPER
BLADES
Note: Use the service position in winter to
provide easier access to the front wiper
blades for freeing them from snow and ice.
The front wipers will not return to their
normal position as soon as you switch on
the ignition. The front wipers will stay in the
service position when you switch the ignition
on or start the engine. Switch on the front
wipers to any mode, then switch off the
front wipers to bring the front wipers back
to the park position.
3. Switch off the ignition and within three
seconds, pull the wiper lever to toward
you. Hold the lever in until wipers have
moved to the service position.
169
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Maintenance
4. Release the lever when the wipers have
moved to the service position.
Changing the Front Wiper Blades
1.
2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade from the
wiper arm.
3. Disengage the wiper blade from the
wiper arm.
4. Remove the wiper blade.
Pull the wiper blade and arm away
from the glass.
Install new wiper blades in the reverse
order.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
CHANGING A BULB
WARNINGS
Switch the lamps and the ignition off.
Failure to do so could result in
serious personal injury.
2. Press the locking buttons together.
3. Rotate and remove the wiper blade.
4. Install in the reverse order.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place. Lower the wiper arm and blade
back to the windshield. The wiper arms will
automatically return to their normal position
when you switch the ignition on.
Bulbs can become hot, let the bulb
cool down before removing it. Failure
to do so could result in personal
injury.
The following instructions describe how to
remove the bulbs. Fit replacements in the
reverse order unless otherwise stated.
Rear Window Wiper Blade
You must fit bulbs of the correct
specification. See Bulb Specification
Chart (page 174).
Liftgate
1.
Lift the wiper arm.
170
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Maintenance
Note: We recommended that you see an
authorized dealer to change the headlamp
bulbs if your vehicle is fitted with air
conditioning. Some bulbs are difficult to
access.
4. Remove the bulb from the bulb holder
by pulling it straight out.
Direction Indicator
Headlamp
Remove the covers to gain access to the
bulbs.
A
Headlamp low beam and side
lamp
1.
B
Headlamp high beam
Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
Note: You cannot separate the bulb from
the bulb holder.
C
Direction indicator
Headlamp Low Beam
Side Lamp
1. Remove the cover.
2. Remove the low beam bulb to gain
access to the side lamp bulb.
3. Remove the bulb holder by pulling it
straight out.
1. Remove the cover.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
171
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Maintenance
Note: Do not touch the glass of the bulb.
Headlamp High Beam
2. Hold the bulb holder and turn the lamp
counterclockwise and remove it.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
1. Remove the cover.
2. Turn the bulb counterclockwise and
remove it.
Note: Do not touch the glass of the bulb.
Front Fog Lamps
Side Direction Indicator
1.
1. Disconnect the electrical connector.
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
Note: Do not touch the glass of the bulb.
Turn the lamp clockwise and remove
it.
Note: You cannot separate the bulb from
the bulb holder.
172
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Maintenance
Rear Lamps
License Plate Lamp
These are not serviceable items, see an
authorized dealer if they fail.
Interior Lamps
Front Interior Lamp
1.
1. Carefully remove the lamp.
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
Remove the screws.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
2. Turn the bulb holders counterclockwise
to remove them.
3. Remove the bulbs by pulling them
straight out.
Central High Mounted Brake Lamp
These are not serviceable items, see an
authorized dealer if they fail.
173
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Maintenance
Front Interior LED lamps
Reading Lamps
1. Carefully remove the lamp.
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
Note: If your vehicle has LED lamps these
are not serviceable items, see an authorized
dealer if they fail.
BULB SPECIFICATION CHART
Lamp
Specification
Power (watt)
W5W
5
P21/5W
21/5
H1
55
PY24W
24
H11
55
Approach lamp
Brake and tail lamp
Cornering lamp
Front direction indicator
Front fog lamp
Front interior lamp
W6W
6
Headlamp high beam
H15
55
Headlamp low beam
H7
55
W5W
5
License plate lamp
Luggage compartment lamp
211 Festoon
10
Map reading lamp
W6W
6
Rear direction indicator
PY21W
21
174
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Maintenance
Lamp
Specification
Power (watt)
Rear fog lamp
P21W
21
Reversing lamp
W16W
16
Side repeater
WY5W
5
175
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Maintenance
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - 1.0L ECOBOOST (74KW/100PS)
Vehicle Fluids
Item
Engine oil
Specification
Viscosity Grade
WSS-M2C948-B
5W-20
Castrol Engine Oil
Ford Engine Oil
WSS-M97B44-D
-
Antifreeze Super
Plus Premium
WSS-M97B44-D2
-
Motorcraft Antifreeze Super Plus
Premium Ready Mix
WSS-M6C65-A2 or
ISO 4925 Class 6
-
Brake Fluid DOT 4
LV High Performance
Engine coolant
Brake fluid
Recommended fluid
Use oil and fluids that meet the defined specification and viscosity grades. If you use oil
and fluids that do not meet the defined specification and viscosity grade this may lead
to:
• component damage which is not covered by the vehicle warranty
• longer engine cranking periods
• increased emission levels
• reduced engine performance
• reduced fuel economy.
We recommend Castrol Engine Oil and
Ford Engine Oil.
176
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Maintenance
Item
Quantity
Windshield and rear window washer
system - including headlamp washer
0.7 gal (3 L)
Engine cooling system
1.3 gal (5.85 L)
Fuel tank
13.2 gal (60 L)
Engine lubrication system - including the
oil filter
0.9 gal (4.1 L)
Engine lubrication system - excluding the
oil filter
0.8 gal (4 L)
Engine Oil Adding Capacities
Quantity
0.2 gal (1 L)
177
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Maintenance
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - 1.6L DURATORQ-TDCI (DV)
DIESEL
Vehicle Fluids
Item
Engine oil
Specification
Viscosity Grade
WSS-M2C913-D
5W-30
Castrol Engine Oil
Ford Engine Oil
WSS-M97B44-D
-
Antifreeze Super
Plus Premium
WSS-M97B44-D2
-
Motorcraft Antifreeze Super Plus
Premium Ready Mix
WSS-M6C65-A2
ISO 4925 Class 6
-
Brake Fluid DOT 4
LV High Performance
Engine coolant
Brake fluid
Recommended fluid
Use oil and fluids that meet the defined specification and viscosity grades. If you use oil
and fluids that do not meet the defined specification and viscosity grade this may lead
to:
• component damage which is not covered by the vehicle warranty
• longer engine cranking periods
• increased emission levels
• reduced engine performance
• reduced fuel economy.
We recommend Castrol Engine Oil and
Ford Engine Oil.
178
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Maintenance
Item
Quantity
Windshield and rear window washer
system - including headlamp washer
0.7 gal (3 L)
Engine cooling system
1.6 gal (7.3 L)
Fuel tank
13.2 gal (60 L)
Engine lubrication system - including the
oil filter
1.4 gal (6.2 L)
Engine lubrication system - excluding the
oil filter
1.3 gal (5.8 L)
Engine Oil Adding Capacities
Quantity
0.5 gal (2.4 L)
*
The amount of oil required to raise the
level on the dipstick from minimum to
maximum.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - 1.6L ECOBOOST (110KW/150PS)
- SIGMA
Vehicle Fluids
Item
Specification
Viscosity Grade
Recommended fluid
Engine oil
WSS-M2C948-B
5W-20
Castrol Engine Oil
Ford Engine Oil
Alternative engine oil
WSS-M2C913-C
5W-30
Castrol Engine Oil
Ford Engine Oil
Engine coolant
WSS-M97B44-D
-
Motorcraft Antifreeze Super Plus
Premium
179
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Maintenance
Item
Specification
Viscosity Grade
Recommended fluid
WSS-M97B44-D2
-
Motorcraft Antifreeze Super Plus
Premium Ready Mix
WSS-M6C65-A2
ISO 4925 Class 6
-
Motorcraft Brake
Fluid DOT 4 LV High
Performance
Brake fluid
Adding oil: If you are unable to find an oil that meets the specification defined by
WSS-M2C948-B or WSS-M2C913-C, you must use SAE 5W-30 that meets the
specification defined by ACEA A5/B5.
Use oil and fluids that meet the defined specification and viscosity grades. If you use oil
and fluids that do not meet the defined specification and viscosity grade this may lead
to:
• component damage which is not covered by the vehicle warranty
• longer engine cranking periods
• increased emission levels
• reduced engine performance
• reduced fuel economy.
We recommend Castrol Engine Oil and
Ford Engine Oil.
Item
Quantity
Windshield and rear window washer
system - including headlamp washer
0.7 gal (3 L)
Engine cooling system
2 gal (9.1 L)
Fuel tank
13.2 gal (60 L)
Engine lubrication system - including the
oil filter
0.9 gal (4.1 L)
Engine lubrication system - excluding the
oil filter
0.8 gal (3.75 L)
180
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Maintenance
Engine Oil Adding Capacities
Quantity
0.2 gal (0.75 L)
*
The amount of oil required to raise the
level on the dipstick from minimum to
maximum.
181
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Vehicle Care
Cleaning the Chrome Trim
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
WARNINGS
Do not use abrasives or chemical
solvents. Use soapy water.
WARNINGS
If you use a car wash with a waxing
cycle, make sure that you remove the
wax from the windshield.
Do not apply cleaning product to hot
surfaces and do not leave cleaning
product on chrome surfaces for a
period of time exceeding that which is
recommended.
Prior to using a car wash facility
check the suitability of it for your
vehicle.
Some car wash installations use
water at high pressure. This could
damage certain parts of your vehicle.
Industrial-strength (heavy-duty)
cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, may
cause damage over a period of time.
Remove the aerial before using an
automatic car wash.
Body Paintwork Preservation
Switch the heater blower off to
prevent contamination of the fresh
air filter.
WARNINGS
Do not polish your vehicle in strong
sunshine.
We recommend that you wash your vehicle
with a sponge and lukewarm water
containing a car shampoo.
Do not allow polish to touch plastic
surfaces. It could be difficult to
remove.
Cleaning the Headlamps
Do not apply polish to the windshield
or rear window. This could cause the
wipers to become noisy and they
may not clear the window properly.
WARNINGS
Do not scrape the headlamp lenses
or use abrasives, alcoholic solvents
or chemical solvents to clean them.
We recommend that you wax the
paintwork once or twice a year.
Do not wipe the headlamps when
they are dry.
CLEANING THE INTERIOR
Cleaning the Rear Window
Note: Do not allow air fresheners and hand
sanitizers to spill on interior surfaces. If a
spill occurs, wipe off immediately. Damage
may not be covered by your warranty.
WARNING
Do not scrape the inside of the rear
window or use abrasives or chemical
solvents to clean it.
Safety Belts
WARNINGS
Do not use abrasives, or chemical
solvents to clean them.
Use a clean, lint free cloth or a damp
chamois leather to clean the inside of the
rear window.
182
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Vehicle Care
CLEANING THE ALLOY
WHEELS
WARNINGS
Do not allow moisture to penetrate
the safety belt retractor mechanism.
Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to
warm or hot wheel rims and covers.
Clean them with interior cleaner or water
applied with a soft sponge. Let them dry
naturally, away from artificial heat.
Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty)
cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, in
combination with brush agitation to remove
brake dust and dirt, could wear away the
clear coat finish over a period of time.
Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD
Screens and Radio Screens
Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based
or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel
wool, fuels or strong household detergent.
WARNING
Do not use abrasives, alcoholic
solvents or chemical solvents to
clean them.
Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for
an extended period after cleaning the
wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your
vehicle for a few minutes before doing so.
This will reduce the risk of increased
corrosion of the brake discs, brake pads and
linings.
Rear Windows
WARNING
Do not use any abrasive materials to
clean the interior of the rear
windows.
Note: Some automatic car washes may
cause damage to the finish on your wheel
rims and covers.
Note: Do not install stickers or labels to the
interior of the rear windows.
Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated
with a clear coat paint finish. To maintain
their condition we recommend that you:
• Clean them weekly with the
recommended wheel and tire cleaner.
• Use a sponge to remove heavy
deposits of dirt and brake dust
accumulation.
• Rinse them thoroughly with a
pressurized stream of water when you
have completed the cleaning process.
REPAIRING MINOR PAINT
DAMAGE
You should repair paintwork damage
caused by stones from the road or minor
scratches as soon as possible. A choice of
products are available from an authorized
dealer.
Remove particles such as bird droppings,
tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road
salt and industrial fallout before repairing
paint chips.
We recommend that you use Ford service
wheel cleaner. Make sure that you read
and follow the manufacturer’s instructions.
Using other non-recommended cleaning
products can result in severe and
permanent cosmetic damage.
Always read and follow the manufacturer’s
instructions before using the products.
183
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Wheels and Tires
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNINGS
Do not use the kit on a previously
damaged tire, for example when it
has been driven under inflated. This
could cause loss of vehicle control,
personal injury or death.
A decal with tire pressure data is located
in the driver’s door opening.
Check and set the tire pressure at the
ambient temperature in which you are
intending to drive your vehicle and when
the tires are cold.
Do not use the kit on run flat tires.
This could cause loss of vehicle
control.
Note: Check your tire pressures regularly to
optimize fuel economy.
Do not try to seal damage to the tire
sidewall. The tire could burst and
cause loss of vehicle control,
personal injury or death.
Note: Use only approved wheel and tire
sizes. Using other sizes could damage your
vehicle and will make the National Type
Approval invalid.
The kit seals most tire punctures with a
diameter of up to ¼ inch (six millimeters).
This is to temporarily restore mobility.
Note: If you change the diameter of the tires
from that fitted at the factory, the
speedometer may not display the correct
speed. Take your vehicle to an authorized
dealer to have the engine management
system reprogrammed.
You must observe the following rules when
using the kit:
• Drive with caution and avoid making
sudden steering or driving maneuvers,
especially if your vehicle is heavily
loaded or you are towing a trailer.
• The kit will provide you with an
emergency temporary repair, enabling
you to continue your journey to the next
vehicle or tire dealer, or to drive a
maximum distance of 125 miles
(200 kilometers).
• Do not exceed a maximum speed of
50 mph (80 km/h).
• Keep the kit out of the reach of
children.
• Only use the kit when the ambient
temperature is between -40°F
(–40°C) and +158°F (+70°C).
Note: If you intend to change the size of the
wheels from that fitted at the factory, check
the suitability with an authorized dealer.
TEMPORARY MOBILITY KIT
Your vehicle may not have a spare tire.
Therefore you will have a temporary
mobility kit which will only repair one
damaged tire.
The kit is located in the left-hand side of
the rear luggage compartment.
General Information
WARNINGS
Depending on the type and extent of
tire damage, some tires can only be
partially sealed or not sealed at all.
Loss of tire pressure can affect vehicle
handling, leading to loss of vehicle control.
Using the Kit
WARNINGS
Compressed air can act as an
explosive or propellant which could
cause serious personal injury.
184
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Wheels and Tires
WARNINGS
Never leave the kit unattended while
in use.
WARNINGS
Do not stand directly beside the tire
while the compressor is operating.
This could cause personal injury if
the tire bursts.
Do not keep the compressor
operating for more than 10 minutes.
This could cause loss of vehicle
control or personal injury.
Watch the sidewall of the tire. If any
cracks, bumps or similar damage
appears, switch the compressor off
and let the air out by means of the pressure
relief valve F. Do not continue driving with
this tire. This could cause loss of vehicle
control.
Note: You must only use the kit for the
vehicle with which it was supplied.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Park your vehicle at the roadside so
that you do not obstruct the flow of
traffic and so that you are able to use
the kit without being in danger.
Apply the parking brake, even if you
have parked on a level road, to make
sure that your vehicle will not move.
Do not attempt to remove foreign
objects like nails or screws penetrating
the tire.
Leave the engine running while the kit
is in use, but not if your vehicle is in an
enclosed or poorly ventilated area (for
example inside a building). In these
circumstances, switch the compressor
on with the engine switched off.
You must replace the sealant bottle
with a new one before the expiry date
(see top of bottle).
Inform all other users of your vehicle
that the tire has been temporarily
sealed with the kit. Make them aware
of the special driving conditions that
must be observed.
The sealant contains natural rubber
latex. Avoid contact with skin and
clothing. If this happens, rinse the
affected areas immediately with plenty of
water and consult a physician.
If the tire inflation pressure does not
reach 1.8 bar (26 psi) within 10
minutes, the tire may have suffered
excessive damage, making a temporary
repair impossible. In this case, do not
continue driving with this tire. This could
cause loss of vehicle control.
Screwing the bottle onto the bottle
holder will pierce the seal of the
bottle. Do not unscrew the bottle
from the holder as the sealant will escape,
which could cause serious personal injury.
Inflating the Tire
WARNINGS
Check the sidewall of the tire prior to
inflation. If there are any cracks,
bumps or similar damage, do not
attempt to inflate the tire. This could cause
personal injury.
185
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Wheels and Tires
J
Label
K
Pressure gauge
1.
A
Sealant bottle
B
Bottle lid
C
Orange cap
D
Compressor switch
E
Power plug with cable
F
Pressure relief valve
G
Protective cap
H
Hose
I
Bottle holder
Peel off the label J showing the
maximum permissible speed of
50 mph (80 km/h) from the casing and
attach it to the instrument panel in the
driver’s field of view. Make sure the
label does not obscure anything
important.
2. Take the hose H and the power plug
with cable E out of the kit.
3. Unscrew the orange cap C and the
bottle lid B.
4. Screw the sealant bottle A clockwise
into the bottle holder I fully tight.
5. Remove the valve cap from the
damaged tire.
6. Detach the protective cap G from the
hose H and screw the hose H firmly
onto the valve of the damaged tire.
7. Make sure that the compressor switch
D is in position 0 and the pressure relief
valve F is closed.
8. Insert the power plug E into the cigar
lighter socket or auxiliary power point.
See Cigar Lighter (page 97). See
Auxiliary Power Points (page 97).
9. Start the engine.
10. Move the compressor switch D to
position 1.
11.
Inflate the tire for no longer than 10
minutes to an inflation pressure of
minimum 1.8 bar (26 psi) and a
maximum of 3.5 bar (51 psi). Move
the compressor switch D to position
0 and check the current tire pressure
with pressure gauge K.
Note: When pumping in the sealant through
the tire valve, the pressure may rise up to
6 bar (87 psi) but will drop again after about
30 seconds.
186
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Wheels and Tires
Checking the Tire Pressure
Note: After you have switched the
compressor off, you may hear air escaping
from the damaged tire. This is normal and
can be ignored provided that the specified
minimum tire pressure has been reached.
WARNING
Before driving, make sure the tire is
adjusted to the recommended
inflation pressure. See Technical
Specifications (page 197). Monitor the
tire pressure until the sealed tire is
replaced.
12.
Remove the power plug E from the
cigar lighter socket or auxiliary power
point.
13. Quickly unscrew the hose H from the
tire valve and replace the protective
cap G. Fasten the valve cap again.
Note: Some residual sealant fluid may drip
or spray out of hose H while you are
disconnecting it. This is normal.
14.
15.
16.
1.
Leave the sealant bottle A in the
bottle holder I.
Make sure the kit, the bottle lid and
the orange cap are stored safely, but
still easily accessible in your vehicle.
The kit will be required again when
you check the tire pressure.
Immediately drive approximately
two miles (three kilometers) so that
the sealant can seal the damaged
area.
2.
3.
4.
5.
WARNING
If you experience heavy vibrations,
unsteady steering behavior or noises
while driving, reduce your speed
gradually and stop your vehicle as soon as
it is safe to do so. Recheck the tire and its
pressure. If the tire pressure is less than
1.3 bar (19 psi) or if there are any cracks,
bumps or similar damage visible, do not
continue driving with this tire. This could
cause loss of vehicle control.
6.
7.
8.
Stop your vehicle after driving
approximately two miles (three
kilometers). Check, and where
necessary, adjust the pressure of the
damaged tire.
Attach the kit and read the tire pressure
from the pressure gauge K.
If the pressure of the sealant-filled tire
is 1.3 bar (19 psi) or more, adjust it to
the specified pressure. See Technical
Specifications (page 197).
Follow the inflation procedure once
again to top up the tire.
Check the tire pressure again from the
pressure gauge K. If the tire pressure is
too high, deflate the tire to the
specified pressure using the pressure
relief valve F.
Once you have inflated the tire to its
correct tire pressure, move the
compressor switch D to position 0,
remove the power plug E from the
socket, unscrew the hose H, fasten the
valve cap and replace the protective
cap G.
Leave the sealant bottle A in the bottle
holder I and store the kit away safely
in its original location.
Drive to the nearest tire specialist to
get the damaged tire replaced. Before
the tire is removed from the rim, inform
your tire dealer that the tire contains
sealant. You must renew the sealant
bottle A and hose H as soon as
possible once used.
187
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Wheels and Tires
Note: Remember that this kit only provides
temporary mobility. Regulations concerning
tire repair after usage of the kit may differ
from country to country. You should consult
a tire specialist for advice.
USING WINTER TIRES
If winter tires are used you must make sure
that you use the correct tire pressures. See
Technical Specifications (page 197).
Empty sealant bottles can be disposed of
together with normal household waste.
Return remains of sealant to an authorized
dealer or dispose of it in compliance with
local waste disposal regulations.
USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNINGS
Do not exceed 30 mph (50 km/h).
TIRE CARE
Do not use snow chains on snow-free
roads.
Only fit snow chains to specified
tires. See Technical Specifications
(page 197).
If your vehicle has wheel trims,
remove them before fitting snow
chains.
Note: The anti-lock braking system will
continue to operate normally.
To make sure the front and rear tires of
your vehicle wear evenly and last longer,
we recommend that you swap the tires
from front to rear and vice versa at regular
intervals of between 3000 and 6000 miles
(5000 and 10000 kilometers).
Only use small link snow chains of
approximately 10 mm.
Only use snow chains on the front wheels.
Vehicles with Stability Control
When stability control is on, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics. To reduce this, switch
traction control off. See Using Stability
Control (page 123).
WARNING
Do not scrub the sidewalls of the
tires when you are parking.
If you have to mount a curb, do so slowly
and approach it with the wheels at
right-angles to the curb.
Examine the tires regularly for cuts, foreign
objects and uneven wear of the tread.
Uneven wear could mean that the wheel
alignment is outside specification.
Check the tire pressures (including the
spare) when cold, every two weeks.
188
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Wheels and Tires
The system is not a substitute for correct
tire maintenance.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM
You must maintain the correct tire
pressures, even if low tire pressure has not
illuminated the warning lamp.
WARNING
The tire pressure monitoring system
is not a substitute for manually
checking tire pressures. You should
periodically check tire pressures using a
pressure gauge. Failure to correctly
maintain tire pressures could increase the
risk of tire failure, loss of control, vehicle
rollover and personal injury.
The tire pressure monitoring system has a
system malfunction indicator to warn you
when the system is not operating correctly.
The malfunction indicator and low tire
pressure warning lamp have a combined
function. When the system detects a
malfunction, the warning lamp will flash
for approximately one minute and then
remain illuminated. This sequence will
occur every time you switch the ignition on
while the malfunction remains. The system
has detected a fault that requires service.
You must check the tire pressures
(including the spare tire where applicable)
every two weeks when the tires are cold.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able
to detect or signal low tire pressures. A
malfunction may occur for a variety of
reasons, including the installation of a
replacement tire or wheel that prevents
the system from functioning correctly.
Always check the tire pressure monitoring
system malfunction warning after
replacing one or more tires or wheels on
your vehicle. Make sure the replacement
tires or wheels allow the system to
continue to function correctly. See When
the Temporary Spare Tire is Installed
in this section.
You must inflate the tires to the correct
pressure.
See Wheels and Tires (page 184). The tire
pressures are also on the tire inflation
pressure label (located on the edge of
driver door or the B-Pillar).
As a driver assistance feature, your vehicle
has a tire pressure monitoring system. A
warning lamp will illuminate when one or
more of the tires are significantly
under-inflated. If the low tire pressure
warning lamp illuminates, you should stop
your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so,
check the tires and inflate them to the
correct pressure.
How Temperature Affects the Tire
Pressures
Under normal driving conditions tire
pressures may increase by up to 4 psi
(0.3 bar) from a cold start situation.
Driving on under-inflated tires can:
• Cause them to overheat.
• Lead to tire failure.
• Reduce fuel efficiency.
• Reduce tire life.
• Affect vehicle handling or stopping
ability.
189
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Wheels and Tires
Understanding the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System
If the vehicle is stationary overnight and
the temperature significantly lower than
the daytime temperature, tire pressures
may decrease by up to 3 psi (0.2 bar) when
there is a drop in the ambient temperature
of 31°F (17°C) or more. The system detects
this pressure decrease as being
significantly below the correct inflation
pressure and the warning lamp illuminates.
The system measures the pressure in the
four road tires and sends the tire pressure
readings to your vehicle.
The system detects this lower pressure as
being significantly below the correct
inflation pressure and the warning lamp
illuminates. You must inflate the tires to
the correct pressure.
Changing Tires With a Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
When the Temporary Spare Tire is
Installed
If you need to replace a road wheel and
tire with the temporary spare wheel, the
system will continue to identify a defect.
This is to remind you to repair the damaged
road wheel and tire and refit the repaired
road wheel and tire assembly to your
vehicle. To restore the correct operation
of the system, you must have the repaired
road wheel and tire assembly refitted to
your vehicle. For additional information,
see Changing Tires with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System in this section.
You should always have tires serviced by
an authorized dealer.
When You Believe the System is Not
Operating Correctly
Note: Each road wheel and tire is fitted with
a tire pressure sensor located inside the
wheel and tire assembly cavity. The pressure
sensor attaches to the valve stem. The tire
covers the pressure sensor and it is not
visible unless the tire is removed. Take care
when changing the tire to avoid damaging
the sensor.
The main function of the system is to warn
you when the tire pressures are low. It can
also warn you in the event the system is
no longer capable of operating correctly.
See the following chart for information
concerning the system:
When Inflating the Tires
When inflating the tires the system may
not respond immediately to the air added
to the tires.
190
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Wheels and Tires
System Warning Lamps
Warning lamp
Description
Action
Solid warning lamp Tire(s) under-inflated
Spare tire in use
1.
Make sure tires are at the correct
pressure. See Wheels and Tires
(page 184). The tire pressures are also
on the tire inflation pressure label
(located on the edge of driver door
or the B-Pillar).
2. After inflating the tires to the correct
pressure you must carry out the tire
pressure monitoring system reset
procedure. See Tire Pressure
Monitoring System Reset
Procedure in this chapter.
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire
and refit the repaired road wheel and tire
assembly to your vehicle to restore the
correct operation of the system.
Tire pressure monitoring If the tires are correctly inflated and the
system malfunction
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, the system has detected a
fault that requires service.
Flashing warning
lamp
Spare tire in use
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire
and refit the repaired road wheel and tire
assembly to your vehicle to restore the
correct operation of the system.
Tire pressure monitoring If the tires are correctly inflated and the
system malfunction
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, the system has detected a
fault that requires service.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Reset Procedure
If the Warning Lamp is On:
1.
Check each tire to verify that none are
flat.
2. If one or more tires are flat, repair as
necessary.
3. Check the tire pressures and inflate all
the tires to the correct pressure.
4. Carry out the tire pressure monitoring
system reset procedure.
Overview
You must carry out the system reset
procedure after each tire replacement or
adjustment of the tire pressures.
191
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Wheels and Tires
To maintain your vehicle load carrying
capability, your vehicle requires different
tire pressures in the front tires compared
to the rear tires.
Carrying Out the System Reset
Procedure
1.
Check the tire pressures and inflate all
the tires to the correct pressure.
2. Use the information display controls
on the steering wheel or instrument
panel. See Information Displays
(page 66).
The system illuminates the warning lamp
at different pressures for the front and rear
tires.
The tires need to be periodically rotated
to provide consistent performance and
maximum tire life, the system needs to
know when the tires have been rotated to
determine which set of tires are on the
front and rear axles. With this information,
the system can detect and correctly warn
of low tire pressures.
To reset the tire pressure monitoring system, scroll to:
Message
Description and Action
Settings
Press the OK button.
Driver assist
Press the OK button.
Tyre monitor
Press and hold the OK button until confirmation appears.
Alternatively, if your vehicle has a tire pressure monitoring
system reset button, press and hold the button until
confirmation appears.
If the spare wheel is different to the other
road wheels, it will carry a yellow label with
the appropriate speed limit.
CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL
Refer to the following information before
changing the road wheel.
Lug Nuts
You can obtain a replacement locking lug
nut key and replacement locking lug nuts
from an authorized dealer using the
reference number certificate.
WARNINGS
Drive the shortest possible distances.
Vehicles with a Spare Wheel
Do not fit more than one spare wheel
on your vehicle at any one time.
If the spare wheel is exactly the same type
and size as the other fitted road wheels,
you can replace the existing road wheel
with the spare wheel and continue to drive
in the normal manner.
Do not carry out any tire repairs on a
spare wheel.
Do not drive through an automatic
car wash.
192
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Wheels and Tires
Note: Vehicles with a temporary mobility
kit do not have a vehicle jack or a wheel
brace.
WARNINGS
If you are unsure what type of spare
wheel you have do not exceed 50
mph (80 km/h).
It is recommended to use a workshop type
hydraulic jack for changing between
summer and winter tires.
Only fit snow chains to specified
tires. See Technical Specifications
(page 197).
Note: Use a jack with a minimum lifting
capacity of 1.5 tonnes and a lifting plate with
a minimum diameter of approximately 3
inches (76 millimeters).
The ground clearance of your vehicle
may be reduced. Take care when
parking next to a curb.
Vehicles without a Temporary Mobility
Kit
Note: Your vehicle may exhibit some
unusual driving characteristics.
Your vehicle jack and wheel brace are
located in the left-hand side of the luggage
compartment.
Vehicle Jack
WARNINGS
The vehicle jack supplied with your
vehicle should only be used when
changing a wheel in emergency
situations.
Jacking and Lifting Points
WARNING
Use only the specified jacking points.
If you use other positions, you may
damage the body, steering,
suspension, engine, braking system or the
fuel lines.
Before using the vehicle jack, check
that it is not damaged or deformed
and that the thread is lubricated and
free from foreign matter.
Never place anything between the
jack and the ground, or the jack and
your vehicle.
193
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Wheels and Tires
A
Emergency use only
B
Maintenance
Indentations in the sills show the location
of the jacking points.
194
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Wheels and Tires
1.
Insert the hexagonal end of the wheel
brace into the guide hole.
2. Turn the wheel brace counterclockwise
until the spare wheel rests on the
ground and there is slack in the cable.
3. Unscrew the cap and slide it back, turn
the nipple of the cable through 90
degrees to remove the first cable.
4. Unscrew the nut to remove the second
cable.
Removing the Wheel Trim
Note: You can use the wheel brace to raise
and lower the jack.
Lowering the Spare Wheel
1.
Insert the wheel brace and carefully
remove the wheel trim.
Note: Make sure that you pull the wheel
trim remover at right angles to the trim.
Removing a Road Wheel
WARNINGS
Park your vehicle in such a position
that neither the traffic nor you are
hindered or endangered.
195
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Wheels and Tires
3. Jack up your vehicle until the tire is
clear of the ground.
4. Remove the lug nuts and the wheel.
Note: Do not lay alloy wheels face down
on the ground, this will damage the paint.
WARNINGS
Set up a warning triangle.
Make sure that your vehicle is on firm,
level ground with the wheels pointing
straight ahead.
Installing a Road Wheel
Switch the ignition off and apply the
parking brake.
WARNINGS
Make sure that the arrows on
directional tires point in the direction
of rotation when your vehicle is
moving forward. If you have to fit a spare
wheel with the arrows pointing in the
opposite direction, have the tire refitted in
the correct direction by an authorized
dealer.
If your vehicle has a manual
transmission, select first or reverse
gear. If it has an automatic
transmission, select park.
Have the passengers leave your
vehicle.
Secure the diagonally opposite
wheel with an appropriate block or
wheel chock.
Use only approved wheel and tire
sizes. Using other sizes could
damage your vehicle and will make
the National Type Approval invalid. See
Technical Specifications (page 197).
Do not work underneath your vehicle
when it is supported only by a jack.
Make sure that the jack is vertical to
the jacking point and the base is flat
on the ground.
1.
Do not fit run flat tires on vehicles
that were not originally fitted with
them. See an authorized dealer for
more details about compatibility.
Install the locking lug nut key.
WARNINGS
Do not install alloy wheels using lug
nuts designed for use with steel
wheels.
Lug nuts are subject to change. You
must make sure that you use only
the specific lug nuts and wheels
supplied for your vehicle. If in doubt see an
authorized dealer.
Make sure there is no lubrication
(grease or oil) on the threads or the
surface between the wheel lugs and
nuts. This can cause the lug nuts to loosen
while driving.
2. Slacken the lug nuts.
196
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Wheels and Tires
Note: The lug nuts of alloy wheels can also
be used for the steel spare wheel for a short
time (maximum two weeks).
4. Partially tighten the lug nuts in the
sequence shown.
5. Lower your vehicle and remove the
jack.
6. Fully tighten the lug nuts in the
sequence shown. See Technical
Specifications (page 197).
7. Install the wheel trim using the ball of
your hand.
Note: Make sure the wheel and hub contact
surfaces are free from foreign matter.
Note: Make sure that the cones on the lug
nuts are against the wheel.
1. Install the wheel.
2. Install the lug nuts finger tight.
3. Install the locking lug nut key.
WARNING
Have the lug nuts checked for
tightness and the tire pressure
checked as soon as possible.
Stowing the Flat Tire
Do not raise the spare wheel carrier
without the wheel attached. Damage can
occur to the winch mechanism if lowered
without a wheel attached.
Note: Do not lay alloy wheels face down
on the ground, this will damage the paint.
When stowing the flat tire use a sheet or
mat under the wheel to protect the paint.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - SHORT WHEELBASE
Lug Nut Torque
Wheel type
lb.ft (Nm)
All
100 lb.ft (135 Nm)
197
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Wheels and Tires
Tire Pressures (Cold Tires)
Normal load
Tire size
Variant
*
205/60 R16
*
and 215/55 R16
Rear
Front
Rear
psi (bar)
psi (bar)
psi (bar)
psi (bar)
530kg and
550kg
33 psi
(2.3 bar)
30 psi
(2.1 bar)
36 psi
(2.5 bar)
42 psi
(2.9 bar)
725kg
33 psi
(2.3 bar)
33 psi
(2.3 bar)
36 psi
(2.5 bar)
49 psi
(3.4 bar)
530kg and
550kg
33 psi
(2.3 bar)
33 psi
(2.3 bar)
36 psi
(2.5 bar)
42 psi
(2.9 bar)
*
205/60 R16
*
and 215/55 R16
205/55 R17
*
Full load
Front
Only fit snow chains to specified tires.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - LONG WHEELBASE
Lug Nut Torque
Wheel type
lb.ft (Nm)
All
100 lb.ft (135 Nm)
Tire Pressures (Cold Tires)
Normal load
Tire size
Full load
Front
Rear
Front
Rear
psi (bar)
psi (bar)
psi (bar)
psi (bar)
35 psi (2.4 bar)
35 psi (2.4 bar)
38 psi (2.6 bar)
49 psi (3.4 bar)
35 psi (2.4 bar)
36 psi (2.5 bar)
39 psi (2.7 bar)
45 psi (3.1 bar)
*
205/60 R16
*
and 215/55 R16
205/55 R17
*
Only fit snow chains to specified tires.
198
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE DIMENSIONS - LONG WHEELBASE
Vehicle Dimensions
Dimension description
Maximum length
in (mm)
189.7 in (4,818 mm)
Overall width including exterior mirrors
84.1 in (2,137 mm)
Overall height - EC curb weight
72.6 in (1,845 mm)
Wheelbase
120.6 in (3,062 mm)
Front track
61.7 in (1,568 mm)
Rear track
62.4 in (1,584 mm)
VEHICLE DIMENSIONS - SHORT WHEELBASE
Vehicle Dimensions
Dimension description
Maximum length
in (mm)
173.9 in (4,418 mm)
Overall width including exterior mirrors
84.1 in (2,137 mm)
Overall height - EC curb weight
72.9 in (1,852 mm)
Wheelbase
104.8 in (2,662 mm)
Front track
61.7 in (1,568 mm)
Rear track
62.4 in (1,584 mm)
199
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Capacities and Specifications
TOWBAR DIMENSIONS
200
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Capacities and Specifications
Item
Dimension description
in (mm)
A
Bumper to end of tow ball
4.4 in (113 mm)
B
Attachment point to center of tow ball
0.8 in (21 mm)
C
Wheel center to center of tow ball
D
Center of tow ball to side member
19.4 in (493 mm)
E
Distance between side members
38.8 in (986 mm)
F
Center of tow ball to center of attachment point one
10.6 in (268 mm)
G
Center of tow ball to center of attachment point two
19.9 in (505 mm)
37.9 in (963 mm)
Note: The information shown on the vehicle
identification plate is dependent upon
market requirements.
Maximum Permissible Nose Weight
lb (kg)
165 lb (75 kg)
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
PLATE
Note: Your vehicle identification plate
design may vary to that shown.
A
Model
B
Variant
201
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Capacities and Specifications
C
Engine designation
D
Engine power and emission level
E
Vehicle identification number
F
Gross vehicle weight
G
Gross train weight
H
Maximum front axle weight
I
Maximum rear axle weight
Your vehicle identification number and
maximum weights are shown on a plate,
located at the bottom of the lock side of
the right-hand door aperture.
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
The vehicle identification number is
stamped into the floor panel on the
right-hand side, beside the front seat. It is
also shown on the left-hand side of the
instrument panel.
202
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Audio System
GENERAL INFORMATION
Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors
Radio reception factors
Distance and Strength
The further you travel away from an FM station, the weaker
the signal and the weaker the reception.
Terrain
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with the reception.
Station overload
When you pass near a radio transmission tower, a stronger
signal can override a weaker signal and can cause interference in the audio system.
MP3 and WMA Track and Folder
Structure
CD and CD Player Information
Note: CD units play commercially pressed
4.75-inch (12 centimeter) audio compact
discs only. Due to technical incompatibility,
certain recordable and re-recordable
compact discs may not function correctly
when used in Ford CD players.
Audio systems capable of recognizing and
playing MP3 and WMA individual tracks
and folder structures work as follows:
• There are two different modes for MP3
and WMA disc playback: MP3 and
WMA track mode (system default) and
MP3 and WMA folder mode.
• MP3 and WMA track mode ignores any
folder structure on the MP3 and WMA
disc. The player numbers each MP3
and WMA track on the disc (noted by
the MP3 or WMA file extension) from
T001 to a maximum of T255. The
maximum number of playable MP3 and
WMA files may be less depending on
the structure of the CD and exact
model of radio present.
Note: Do not insert CDs with homemade
paper (adhesive) labels into the CD player
as the label may peel and cause the CD to
become jammed. You should use a
permanent felt tip marker rather than
adhesive labels on your homemade CDs.
Ballpoint pens may damage CDs. Please
contact an authorized dealer for further
information.
Note: Do not use any irregularly shaped
discs or discs with a scratch protection film
attached.
Always handle discs by their edges only.
Clean the disc with an approved CD
cleaner only. Wipe it from the center of the
disc toward the edge. Do not clean in a
circular motion.
Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or
heat sources for extended periods.
203
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Audio System
•
•
MP3 and WMA folder mode represents
a folder structure consisting of one
level of folders. The CD player numbers
all MP3 and WMA tracks on the disc
(noted by the MP3 or WMA file
extension) and all folders containing
MP3 and WMA files, from F001 (folder)
T001 (track) to F253 T255.
Creating discs with only one level of
folders helps with navigation through
the disc files.
In track mode, the system displays and
plays the structure as if it were only one
level deep (all MP3 and WMA files play,
regardless of being in a specific folder). In
folder mode, the system only plays the
MP3 and WMA files in the current folder.
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
AM/FM/CD/DIGITAL AUDIO
BROADCAST (DAB) RADIO/
SYNC
If you are burning your own MP3 and WMA
discs, it is important to understand how
the system reads the structures you create.
While various files may be present, (files
with extensions other than MP3 and
WMA), only files with the MP3 and WMA
extension are played; other files are
ignored by the system. This enables you to
use the same MP3 and WMA disc for a
variety of tasks on your work computer,
home computer and your in-vehicle
system.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
204
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Audio System
A
CD slot: Where you insert a CD.
B
Eject: Press the button to eject a CD.
C
Passenger airbag information: Informs you when the passenger airbag is
either on or off.
D
INFO: Press the button to access radio, CD, USB and IPod information.
E
TA: Press the button to turn traffic announcements on or off and cancel
announcements during an active announcement.
F
SOUND: Press the button to adjust the sound settings for bass, treble, middle,
balance and fade.
G
Numeric keypad: Press a button to recall a previously stored radio station. In
PHONE mode, you can use the numeric keypad to enter a phone number.
H
Cursor arrows: Press a button to scroll through on-screen choices.
I
OK: Press the button to confirm on-screen selections.
J
Clock: Press the button to select clock setup.
205
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Audio System
K
Seek up: Press the button to go to the next radio station up the radio frequency
band. Seek tuning will stop at the first radio station it locates. While listening
to a CD, press the button to go to the next track. In PHONE mode, press the
button to end or reject a phone call.
L
Function button 4: Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
M
Function button 3: Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
N
On, Off and Volume: Press the button to switch the audio system on or off.
Turn the dial to adjust the volume.
O
Function button 2:Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
P
Function button 1: Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
Q
Seek down: Press the button to go to the next radio station down the radio
frequency band. Seek tuning will stop at the first radio station it locates. While
listening to a CD, press the button to go to the previous track. In PHONE mode,
press the button to begin or accept a phone call.
R
MENU: Press the button to access different audio system features.
S
PHONE: Press the button to access the phone feature of the SYNC system by
pressing PHONE then MENU.
T
AUX: Press the button to access the AUX and SYNC features, it will also cancel
the menu or list browsing.
U
RADIO: Press the button to select different radio frequency bands, it will also
cancel the menu or list browsing.
V
CD: Press the button to change source to CD, it will also cancel the menu or
list browsing.
4. Press the OK button to confirm the
new settings.
Sound Button
This will allow you to adjust the sound
settings for bass, treble, middle, balance
and fade.
Radio Button
Press the RADIO button to select from the
frequency bands available.
1. Press the sound button.
2. Use the up and down arrow buttons to
select the required setting.
3. Use the left and right arrow buttons to
make the necessary adjustment. The
display indicates the level selected.
You can use the buton to return to radio
reception when you have been listening to
another source.
Alternatively, press the left arrow button
to display the available frequency bands.
Scroll to the required frequency band and
press OK.
206
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Audio System
Station Tuning Control
Note: When you drive to another part of the
country, stations that broadcast on
alternative frequencies, and are stored on
preset buttons, may be updated with the
correct frequency and station name for that
area.
Seek Tuning
Select a frequency band and briefly press
the seek up or seek down button. Seek
tuning will stop at the first radio station it
locates.
Autostore Control
Manual Tuning
Note: This will store up to a maximum of
the 10 strongest signals available, either
from the AM or the FM frequency band, and
overwrite the previously stored stations. You
can also store stations manually in the same
way as other frequency bands.
1. Press function button 2.
2. Use the left and right arrow buttons to
tune down or up the frequency band in
small increments or press and hold to
increment quickly, until you find a
station you want to listen to.
3. Press OK to continue listening to a
station.
•
•
Scan Tuning
Scan allows you to listen to a few seconds
of each station detected.
Press the MENU button, select audio
mode then press and hold the RADIO
button.
When the search is complete, sound is
restored and the strongest signals are
stored on the autostore presets.
Traffic Information Control
1. Press function button 3.
2. Use the seek buttons to scan up or
down the selected frequency band.
3. Press function button 3 again or OK to
continue listening to a station.
Many stations that broadcast on the FM
frequency band have a TP code to signify
that they carry traffic program information.
Station Preset Buttons
Before you can receive traffic
announcements, you must press either the
TA or TRAFFIC button. A TA display will
appear to show the feature is switched on.
Turning Traffic Announcements On and
Off
This feature allows you to store your
favorite stations, they can be recalled by
selecting the appropriate frequency band
and pressing one of the preset buttons.
If you are already tuned to a station that
broadcasts traffic information, TP will also
be displayed. Otherwise the unit will search
for a traffic program.
1. Select a frequency band.
2. Tune to the station required.
3. Press and hold one of the preset
buttons. A progress bar and message
will appear. When the progress bar
completes the station has been stored.
The audio unit will also mute
momentarily as confirmation.
When traffic information is broadcast, it
will automatically interrupt normal radio
or CD playback and a message will appear
in the display.
If a non-traffic station is selected or
recalled using a preset button, the audio
unit will remain on that station unless TA
or TRAFFIC is turned off, then on again.
You can repeat this on each frequency
band and for each preset button.
207
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Audio System
Note: If traffic announcement is on and you
select a preset or manual tune to a non
traffic announcement station no traffic
announcements will be heard.
1.
Use the left or right arrow button to
adjust the setting.
2. Press the OK button to confirm your
selection.
3. Press the MENU button to return.
Note: When you are listening to a non
traffic announcement station and turn
traffic announcement off and on again a TP
seek will occur.
News Broadcasts
The audio unit may interrupt normal
reception to broadcast news bulletins from
stations on the FM frequency band, radio
data system or other enhanced network
linked stations.
Traffic Announcement Volume
Traffic announcements interrupt normal
broadcasts at a preset minimum level that
is usually louder than normal listening
volumes.
The display will indicate there is an
incoming announcement, during news
broadcasts. When the audio unit interrupts
for a news broadcast the preset volume
level will be the same as traffic
announcements.
To adjust the preset volume:
•
Use the volume control to make the
necessary adjustment during an
incoming traffic announcement
broadcast. The display will show the
level selected.
Press the MENU button.
Select
Ending Traffic Announcements
The audio unit will return to normal
operation at the end of each traffic
announcement. To end the announcement
prematurely, press TA or TRAFFIC during
the announcement.
When your vehicle moves from one
transmission area to another with the
alternative frequencies tuning switched
on, this function will search for the
strongest station signal.
Press the MENU button.
Select
Audio settings
News
The majority of programs that broadcast
on the FM frequency band have a program
identification code, it can be recognized by
audio units.
When available, automatic volume control
adjusts the volume level to compensate
for engine noise and road speed noise.
Adaptive volume
2
Alternative Frequencies
Automatic Volume Control
1
Audio settings
1. Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
Note: If you press TA or TRAFFIC at any
other time it will switch all announcements
off.
2
1
Under certain conditions, however,
alternative frequencies tuning may
temporarily disrupt normal reception.
208
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Audio System
When selected, the unit continually
evaluates signal strength and, if a better
signal becomes available, the unit will
switch to that alternative. It mutes while
it checks a list of alternative frequencies
and if necessary, it will search once across
the selected frequency band for a genuine
alternative frequency.
Regional mode on: This prevents random
alternative frequency switches when
neighboring regional networks are not
carrying the same programming.
Regional mode off: This allows a larger
coverage area if neighboring regional
networks are carrying the same
programming, but can cause random
alternative frequency switches if they are
not.
It will restore radio reception when it finds
one or if one is not found, the unit will
return to the original stored frequency.
Press the MENU button.
When selected, AF may appear in the
display.
Select
Press the MENU button.
Select
1
Audio settings
2
Alt. frequency
1
Audio settings
2
RDS regional
1. Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
1. Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
DIGITAL AUDIO BROADCAST
(DAB) RADIO/NAVIGATION
SYSTEM/SYNC
Regional Mode
Regional mode controls the behavior of
alternative frequencies switching between
regionally related networks of a parent
broadcaster. A broadcaster may run a fairly
large network across a large part of the
country. At various times of the day this
large network may be broken down into a
number of smaller regional networks,
typically centered on major towns or cities.
When the network is not split into regional
variants, the whole network caries the
same programming.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
209
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Audio System
A
CD slot: Where you insert a CD.
B
Eject: Press the button to eject a CD.
C
Passenger airbag information: Informs you when the passenger airbag is
either on or off.
D
INFO: Press the button to access radio, CD, USB, IPod and Navigation
information. If Navigation has been selected, pressing this button will show
details of your current location or journey.
E
MAP: Press the button to access map features.
F
MENU: Press the button to access different audio system features.
G
Numeric keypad Press a button to recall a previously stored radio station. In
PHONE mode, you can use the numeric keypad to enter a phone number.
H
Cursor arrows: Press a button to scroll through on-screen choices.
I
OK: Press the button to confirm on-screen selections.
210
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Audio System
J
Clock: Press the button to select clock setup.
K
TA: Press the button to turn traffic announcements on or off and cancel
announcements during an active announcement. If Navigation has been selected
pressing this button takes you to the Traffic menu.
L
Function button 4: Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
M
Function button 3: Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
N
Seek up: Press the button to go to the next radio station up the radio frequency
band. Seek tuning will stop at the first radio station it locates. While listening
to a CD, press the button to go to the next track. In PHONE mode, press the
button to end or reject a phone call.
O
On, Off and Volume: Press the button to switch the audio system on or off.
Turn the dial to adjust the volume.
P
Function button 2: Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
Q
Function button 1: Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
R
Seek down: Press the button to go to the next radio station down the radio
frequency band. Seek tuning will stop at the first radio station it locates. While
listening to a CD, press the button to go to the previous track. In PHONE mode,
press the button to begin or accept a phone call.
S
PHONE: Press the button to access the phone feature of the SYNC system by
pressing PHONE then MENU.
T
AUX: Press the button to access the AUX and SYNC features, it will also cancel
the menu or list browsing.
U
RADIO: Press the button to select different radio frequency bands, it will also
cancel the menu or list browsing.
V
CD: Press the button to change source to CD, it will also cancel the menu or
list browsing.
W
NAV: Press the button to access the navigation system.
3. Use the left and right arrow buttons to
make the necessary adjustment. The
display indicates the level selected.
4. Press the OK button to confirm the
new settings.
Sound Button
This will allow you to adjust the sound
settings, for example bass, middle and
treble.
1. Press the sound button.
2. Use the up and down arrow buttons to
select the required setting.
Radio Button
Press the RADIO button to select from the
frequency bands available.
211
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Audio System
You can use the button to return to radio
reception when you have been listening to
another source.
3. Press and hold one of the preset
buttons. A progress bar and message
will appear. When the progress bar
completes the station has been stored.
The audio unit will also mute
momentarily as confirmation.
Alternatively, press the left arrow button
to display the available frequency bands.
Scroll to the required frequency band and
press OK.
You can repeat this on each frequency
band and for each preset button.
Station Tuning Control
Note: When you drive to another part of the
country, stations that broadcast on
alternative frequencies, and are stored on
preset buttons, may be updated with the
correct frequency and station name for that
area.
Seek Tuning
Select a frequency band and briefly press
the seek up or seek down button. Seek
tuning will stop at the first radio station it
locates.
Autostore Control
Manual Tuning
Note: This will store up to a maximum of
the 10 strongest signals available, either
from the AM or the FM frequency band, and
overwrite the previously stored stations. You
can also store stations manually in the same
way as other frequency bands.
1. Press function button 2.
2. Use the left and right arrow buttons to
tune down or up the frequency band in
small increments or press and hold to
increment quickly, until you find a
station you want to listen to.
3. Press OK to continue listening to a
station.
Note: You must select either FM AST or
AM AST to use this function.
•
Scan Tuning
Scan allows you to listen to a few seconds
of each station detected.
•
1. Press function button 3.
2. Use the seek buttons to scan up or
down the selected frequency band.
3. Press function button 3 again or OK to
continue listening to a station.
Press the MENU button, select audio
mode then press and hold the RADIO
button.
When the search is complete, sound is
restored and the strongest signals are
stored on the autostore presets.
Traffic Information Control
Many stations that broadcast on the FM
frequency band have a TP code to signify
that they carry traffic program information.
Station Preset Buttons
Turning Traffic Announcements On and
Off
This feature allows you to store your
favorite stations, they can be recalled by
selecting the appropriate frequency band
and pressing one of the preset buttons.
Before you can receive traffic
announcements, you must press either the
TA or TRAFFIC button. A TA display will
appear to show the feature is switched on.
1. Select a frequency band.
2. Tune to the station required.
212
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Audio System
Automatic Volume Control
If you are already tuned to a station that
broadcasts traffic information, TP will also
be displayed. Otherwise the unit will search
for a traffic program.
When available, automatic volume control
adjusts the volume level to compensate
for engine noise and road speed noise.
When traffic information is broadcast, it
will automatically interrupt normal radio
or CD playback and a message will appear
in the display.
Press the MENU button.
Select
If a non-traffic station is selected or
recalled using a preset button, the audio
unit will remain on that station unless TA
or TRAFFIC is turned off, then on again.
1
Audio settings
2
Adaptive volume
1.
Use the left or right arrow button to
adjust the setting.
2. Press the OK button to confirm your
selection.
3. Press the MENU button to return.
Note: If traffic announcement is on and you
select a preset or manual tune to a non
traffic announcement station no traffic
announcements will be heard.
Note: When you are listening to a non
traffic announcement station and turn
traffic announcement off and on again a TP
seek will occur.
Digital Signal Processing
Digital Signal Processing Occupancy
Traffic Announcement Volume
Traffic announcements interrupt normal
broadcasts at a preset minimum level that
is usually louder than normal listening
volumes.
This feature takes into account the
differences in distance from the various
speakers in your vehicle to each seat. You
must select the correct sitting position for
the audio to be correctly set.
To adjust the preset volume:
Digital Signal Processing Equalizer
•
Use the volume control to make the
necessary adjustment during an
incoming traffic announcement
broadcast. The display will show the
level selected.
Select the music category that most suits
your listening preference. The audio output
will change to enhance the particular style
of music chosen.
Changing the Digital Signal Processing
Settings
Ending Traffic Announcements
The audio unit will return to normal
operation at the end of each traffic
announcement. To end the announcement
prematurely, press TA or TRAFFIC during
the announcement.
Press the MENU button.
Select
1
Note: If you press TA or TRAFFIC at any
other time it will switch all announcements
off.
1.
Audio settings
Scroll to the required digital signal
processing function.
213
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Audio System
2. Use the up and down arrow buttons to
select the required setting.
3. Press the OK button to confirm your
selection.
4. Press the MENU button to return.
When selected, the unit continually
evaluates signal strength and, if a better
signal becomes available, the unit will
switch to that alternative. It mutes while
it checks a list of alternative frequencies
and if necessary, it will search once across
the selected frequency band for a genuine
alternative frequency.
News Broadcasts
The audio unit may interrupt normal
reception to broadcast news bulletins from
stations on the FM frequency band, radio
data system or other enhanced network
linked stations.
It will restore radio reception when it finds
one or if one is not found, the unit will
return to the original stored frequency.
When selected, AF may appear in the
display.
The display will indicate there is an
incoming announcement, during news
broadcasts. When the audio unit interrupts
for a news broadcast the preset volume
level will be the same as traffic
announcements.
Press the MENU button.
Select
Press the MENU button.
Audio settings
2
News
Audio settings
2
Alt. frequency
1. Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
Select
1
1
Regional Mode
Regional mode controls the behavior of
alternative frequencies switching between
regionally related networks of a parent
broadcaster. A broadcaster may run a fairly
large network across a large part of the
country. At various times of the day this
large network may be broken down into a
number of smaller regional networks,
typically centered on major towns or cities.
When the network is not split into regional
variants, the whole network caries the
same programming.
1. Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
Alternative Frequencies
The majority of programs that broadcast
on the FM frequency band have a program
identification code, it can be recognized by
audio units.
When your vehicle moves from one
transmission area to another with the
alternative frequencies tuning switched
on, this function will search for the
strongest station signal.
Regional mode on: This prevents random
alternative frequency switches when
neighboring regional networks are not
carrying the same programming.
Under certain conditions, however,
alternative frequencies tuning may
temporarily disrupt normal reception.
214
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Audio System
Regional mode off: This allows a larger
coverage area if neighboring regional
networks are carrying the same
programming, but can cause random
alternative frequency switches if they are
not.
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
AM/FM/DIGITAL AUDIO
BROADCAST (DAB) RADIO
Press the MENU button.
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
WARNING
Select
1
Audio settings
2
RDS regional
1. Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
215
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Audio System
A
Display: Shows the status of the current mode selected.
B
USB socket: Insert to play audio from a compatible external device or memory
stick.
C
SET: Press the button to adjust the sound settings for bass, treble, balance
and fade.
D
Seek up: Press the button to go to the next station up the radio frequency band
or the next track. Seek down: Press the button to go to the next station down
the radio frequency band or the previous track. In Bluetooth audio and USB
modes press the buttons to go to the next or previous track.
D
Dial and end call: Press the button to make and end a call. The steering wheel
controls can also be used for this. See Steering Wheel (page 42).
E
Numeric keypad: Press the button to recall a previously stored station. To
store a favorite station press and hold until the sound returns.
F
Clock: Press the button to select clock setup.
216
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Audio System
G
Information: Press the button to access more information if it does not fit the
display.
H
TA: Press the button to turn traffic announcements on or off and cancel
announcements during an active announcement.
I
On, Off and Volume: Press the button to switch the audio system on or off.
Turn the dial to adjust the volume.
J
Microphone: Cell phone microphone.
K
MENU: Press the button to access different audio system features, depending
on which mode has been selected.
L
PHONE: Press the button to access the Bluetooth phone feature of the system
by pressing PHONE then MENU. When paired further presses of this button
will display phone name, signal strength and the battery level.
M
AUX: Press the button to access Bluetooth audio streaming, USB or Aux input
playback.
N
RADIO: Press the button to select different radio bands. Press to cancel the
menu or list browsing.
O
Cursor up and down: Press a button to scroll through on-screen choices. In
radio mode press to manual tune.
P
OK, Play and Pause: Press the button to confirm on-screen selections. Press
to play or pause during playback with compatible external devices.
Set Button
Station Tuning Control
This will allow you to adjust the sound
settings, for example bass, treble, balance
and fade.
Seek Tuning
Select a frequency band and briefly press
the seek up or seek down button. Seek
tuning will stop at the first radio station it
locates.
1.
Press the SET button until the required
setting is displayed.
2. Use the up and down arrow buttons to
select the required level.
3. Press the OK button to confirm the
new settings.
Manual Tuning
Use the up and down arrow buttons to
tune down or up the frequency band in
small increments or press and hold to
increment quickly, until you find a station
you want to listen to.
Radio Button
Press the RADIO button to select from the
frequency bands available.
Station Preset Buttons
You can use the button to return to radio
reception when you have been listening to
another source.
This feature allows you to store your
favorite stations. They can be recalled by
selecting the appropriate frequency band
and pressing one of the preset buttons.
217
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Audio System
1. Select a frequency band.
2. Tune to the station required.
3. Press and hold one of the preset
buttons. A progress bar and message
will appear. When the progress bar
completes the station has been stored.
The audio unit will also mute
momentarily as confirmation.
Note: When you are listening to a non
traffic announcement station and turn
traffic announcement off and on again a TP
seek will occur.
Traffic Announcement Volume
Traffic announcements interrupt normal
broadcasts at a preset minimum level that
is usually louder than normal listening
volumes.
You can repeat this on each frequency
band and for each preset button.
To adjust the preset volume use the
volume control to make the necessary
adjustment during an incoming traffic
announcement broadcast. The display will
show the level selected.
Note: When you drive to another part of the
country, stations that broadcast on
alternative frequencies, and are stored on
preset buttons, may be updated with the
correct frequency and station name for that
area.
Ending Traffic Announcements
The audio unit will return to normal
operation at the end of each traffic
announcement. To end the announcement
prematurely, press TA or TRAFFIC during
the announcement.
Traffic Information Control
Many stations that broadcast on the FM
frequency band have a TP code to signify
that they carry traffic program information.
Note: If you press TA or TRAFFIC at any
other time it will switch all announcements
off.
Turning Traffic Announcements On and
Off
Before you can receive traffic
announcements, you must press either the
TA or TRAFFIC button. A TA display will
appear to show the feature is switched on.
News Broadcasts
The audio unit may interrupt normal
reception to broadcast news bulletins from
stations on the FM frequency band, radio
data system or other enhanced network
linked stations.
If you are already tuned to a station that
broadcasts traffic information, TP will also
be displayed. Otherwise the unit will search
for a traffic program.
The display will indicate there is an
incoming announcement, during news
broadcasts. When the audio unit interrupts
for a news broadcast the preset volume
level will be the same as traffic
announcements.
When traffic information is broadcast, it
will automatically interrupt normal radio
or device playback.
If a non-traffic station is selected or
recalled using a preset button, the audio
unit will remain on that station unless TA
or TRAFFIC is turned off, then on again.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Scroll to the news option and turn on
or off with the up and down arrow
buttons.
3. Press the OK button to return.
Note: If traffic announcement is on and you
select a preset or manual tune to a non
traffic announcement station no traffic
announcement will be heard.
218
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Audio System
Alternative Frequencies
large network may be broken down into a
number of smaller regional networks,
typically centered on major towns or cities.
When the network is not split into regional
variants, the whole network caries the
same programming.
The majority of programs that broadcast
on the FM frequency band have a program
identification code, it can be recognized by
audio units.
When your vehicle moves from one
transmission area to another with the
alternative frequencies tuning switched
on, this function will search for the
strongest station signal.
Regional mode on: This prevents random
alternative frequency switches when
neighboring regional networks are not
carrying the same programming.
Regional mode off: This allows a larger
coverage area if neighboring regional
networks are carrying the same
programming, but can cause random
alternative frequency switches if they are
not.
Under certain conditions, however,
alternative frequencies tuning may
temporarily disrupt normal reception.
When selected, the unit continually
evaluates signal strength and, if a better
signal becomes available, the unit will
switch to that alternative. It mutes while
it checks a list of alternative frequencies
and if necessary, it will search once across
the selected frequency band for a genuine
alternative frequency.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Scroll to the region option and turn on
or off with the up and down arrow
buttons.
3. Press the OK button to return.
It will restore radio reception when it finds
one or if one is not found, the unit will
return to the original stored frequency.
Phone
When selected, AF will appear in the
display.
This section describes the functions and
features of the Bluetooth cell phone hands
free system.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Scroll to the AF option and turn to auto
or off with the up and down arrow
buttons.
3. Press the OK button to return.
The Bluetooth cell phone part of the
system provides interaction with the audio
system and your cell phone. It allows you
to use the audio system to make and
receive calls without having to hold your
cell phone.
Regional Mode
Note: Using the system with the engine off
will drain the battery.
Regional mode controls the behavior of
alternative frequencies switching between
regionally related networks of a parent
broadcaster. A broadcaster may run a fairly
large network across a large part of the
country. At various times of the day this
219
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Audio System
Note: As no common agreement exists, cell
phone manufacturers are able to implement
a variety of profiles in their Bluetooth
devices. Because of this, an incompatibility
can occur between the phone and hands
free system, which in some cases may
significantly degrade the system
performance. To avoid this situation, only
recommended phones should be used. To
check if your cell phone is compatible, refer
to the cell phone user manual or visit the
regional Ford website.
The following procedure is required before
an initial Bluetooth phone connection can
be made.
Bluetooth Setup
Note: If the ignition is switched off the
phone call will remain in progress.
Note: Up to five Bluetooth devices can be
paired to the system.
Note: If there is an ongoing call when the
phone in use is selected as the new active
phone, the call is transferred to the vehicle
audio system.
Note: Even if connected to the system, your
phone can still be used in the usual way.
Before you can use your cell phone with
your vehicle it must be paired to the audio
system.
Message
ADD DEVICE
Description and Action
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SET PRIMARY
1.
LOAD PHONEBK
1.
Press the PHONE button and then keep pressing the
MENU button to scroll to the screen display term. Press
the OK button.
Press the OK button again and note the six digit number
displayed.
Search for Bluetooth devices using the cell phone. For
information on phone settings, refer to your cell phone
user manual.
Select FORD AUDIO from the list of Bluetooth devices
found by your phone.
Enter the six digit number into your cell phone when
prompted to pair the audio system and cell phone.
Once pairing has been successful the screen display term
will be shown on the audio display.
2. Press the OK button twice to confirm your cell phone as
the primary device for all future connections.
The screen display term will then be displayed on the
audio unit. Press the OK button twice to confirm that the
contents of your phonebook are downloaded to the
system.
2. The Bluetooth device name is displayed on the audio unit.
220
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Audio System
Phonebook Downloading
Phone options
If your phonebook was not downloaded
during initial Bluetooth pairing follow this
process:
1. Press the PHONE button and then
keep pressing the MENU button to
scroll to the load phonebook option.
2. Press the OK button.
REDIAL
PHONEBOOK
CALL HISTORY
ADD DEVICE
Deleting a Paired Device or Cell Phone
SEL DEVICE
To remove a paired device follow this
process:
1. Press the PHONE button and then
keep pressing the MENU button to
scroll to the delete device option.
2. Press the OK button. The first paired
device name will be shown. Scroll to
the required device name using the up
and down arrow buttons. Select delete
all to erase all paired devices.
3. Press the OK button multiple times to
remove the device from the audio unit.
SET PRIMARY
DEL DEVICE
BT
BT OFF
LOAD PHONEBK
Press the OK button to select the required
option, and use the up and down arrows
to change features.
Making and Receiving Calls
Privacy Mode
Outgoing calls can be made by:
• Entering a number using the numeric
keypad.
• Selecting a contact from the
downloaded phonebook.
• Selecting a number or contact from the
call history log.
• Using quick dial by pressing one of the
radio preset buttons.
• Using the redial function.
• Using the cell phone.
You can transfer a call from hands free to
private mode during an active call.
Press the MENU button until the privacy
option appears, then press the OK button
to transfer. To return to hands free mode,
press the dial button.
Phone Menu Options
Press the PHONE button to select phone
mode. Press the PHONE button again to
display information such as phone name,
signal strength and battery level.
Incoming calls can be answered by:
• Pressing the call pickup button on the
audio unit.
• Using the cell phone.
When in phone mode, press the MENU
button to scroll through the various phone
options.
Calls can be rejected using the end call
button on the audio unit, or by using the
cell phone directly.
221
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Audio System
USB
Press the seek up and down keys to skip
forward or backward through tracks. Press
and hold to fast forward and reverse
through the track.
Note: Only use USB Mass-Storage device
compliant devices.
Note: Always switch your audio unit to a
different source (for example the radio)
before unplugging the USB device.
Message
AUTOPL
Note: Do not install or connect USB hubs
or splitters.
Note: The system is only designed to
recognize and read suitable audio files from
a USB device that conforms to the USB
Mass-Storage device class or an iPod. Not
all available USB devices can be guaranteed
to function with the system.
Description
USB playback will start
automatically when you
connect a compatible
device. To turn this feature
off, select this option and
turn off using the menu
function.
iPod
Note: It is possible to connect compatible
devices with a trailing USB lead as well as
those that plug into the USB socket directly
(for example USB memory sticks and pen
drives).
Connect the iPod to the audio unit.
Select the iPod as the audio source by
pressing the AUX button until the iPod
option appears in the display. After first
connecting the iPod, the first track within
the first folder will start to play
automatically. Following audio source
switching, the position of playback on the
iPod is remembered.
Note: Some USB devices with a higher
power consumption may not be compatible
(for example some larger hard drives).
Note: Access time to read the files on the
external device will vary depending upon
factors such as the file structure, size and
device content.
Press the seek up and down keys to skip
backward and forward through tracks.
Press and hold the seek keys to enable fast
rewind or fast forward through track
content.
The audio unit supports a range of external
devices. Once connected, control of the
external device is possible via the audio
unit.
Various functions may be controlled from
the audio unit including:
• Next and previous track select.
• Track seek.
• Shuffle.
• Repeat.
Operating the USB Device
Connect the device to the audio unit.
Select the USB device as the audio source
by pressing the AUX button until the USB
screen appears in the display. After first
connecting the USB device, the first track
within the first folder will start to play
automatically. Following audio source
switching, the position of playback on the
USB device is remembered.
Bluetooth Audio Streaming
Compatible Bluetooth devices can be
connected to the audio unit to playback
using the vehicle audio system.
222
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Audio System
Select the device as the audio source by
pressing the AUX button until the
Bluetooth audio option appears in the
display.
Note: Make sure the device is paired before
using this feature.
The device playback can be controlled
using the audio unit buttons play, pause,
next and previous track.
Hereby, Visteon Corporation, declares that
this Bluetooth enabled car radio is in
compliance with the essential
requirements and other relevant provisions
of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Declaration of Conformity
223
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Audio System
Note: When you reach the first or last radio
station within an ensemble, further tuning
will skip to the next ensemble. There may
be a delay during this change and the audio
will briefly mute.
DIGITAL RADIO
The system allows you to listen to DAB
(Digital Audio Broadcast) radio stations.
Note: Coverage differs from region to region
and will influence the quality of reception.
It is broadcast nationwide, regionally and
locally.
Seek Tuning
1.
The following formats are supported:
• DAB
• DAB+
• DMB-Audio (Digital Multimedia
Broadcasting).
Press a seek button. The system will
stop at the first radio station it finds in
the direction chosen.
Radio Station List
This feature displays all the available radio
stations in a list.
1. Press function button 1.
2. Press the left or right arrow buttons to
change ensembles. Press the up or
down arrow button to navigate to your
required radio station.
3. Press OK to confirm your selection.
Note: The display will only show radio
stations in the current ensemble.
Ensembles
Ensembles contain a group of radio
stations. Each ensemble can consist of
several different radio stations.
The radio station name displays below the
ensemble name.
Note: When you tune from one ensemble
to another, it can take a while until the
system synchronizes to the next ensemble.
The system mutes during synchronization.
Manual Tuning
1. Press function button 2.
2. Press the left or right arrow button to
tune up or down the waveband in small
increments. Press and hold to move
through the waveband quickly.
3. Press OK to confirm your selection.
Note: Seek tuning is also possible within
this screen.
Selecting Radio Band
DAB1 and DAB2 operate in the same way.
You can store up to 10 different presets on
each band.
1. Press the RADIO button.
2. Press the left arrow button to display
the available wavebands.
3. Select DAB1 or DAB2.
Radio Station Preset Buttons
This feature allows you to store up to 10
favorite radio stations from any ensemble
in each preset bank.
Radio Station Tuning Control
Press the RADIO button and select DAB1
or DAB2. Both preset banks operate in the
same way and can store up to 10 different
preset radio stations.
1.
Select a radio station.
224
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Audio System
2. Press and hold one of the preset
buttons. A progress bar and message
will appear. When the progress bar
completes the radio station has been
stored. The system will mute
momentarily as confirmation.
AUDIO INPUT JACK
WARNINGS
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, accident and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device or feature that may take your focus
off the road. Your primary responsibility is
the safe operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
handheld device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you are
aware of all applicable local laws that may
affect the use of electronic devices while
driving.
Once stored press a preset button at any
time to select a favourite radio station.
Note: Radio stations stored on the preset
buttons may not always be available if you
have left the coverage area. The system will
mute when this happens.
Radio Text
You can display extra information. For
example; artist name. To switch this option
on, select a radio station and press
function button 3.
For safety reasons, do not connect
or adjust the settings on your
portable music player while your
vehicle is moving.
Note: Extra information may not always be
available.
Store the portable music player in a
secure location, such as the center
console or the glove box, when your
vehicle is in moving. Hard objects may
become projectiles in a collision or sudden
stop, which may increase the risk of serious
injury. The audio extension cable must be
long enough to allow the portable music
player to be safely stored while your
vehicle is moving.
Service Linking
If you leave the coverage area of a DAB
radio station the system will automatically
switch to the corresponding FM radio
station.
You can switch this feature on and off
using the information display. See General
Information (page 66).
Note: If a DAB radio station has no
corresponding FM radio station, the audio
will mute when attempting to switch.
The auxiliary input jack allows you to
connect and play music from your portable
music player through your vehicle speakers.
You can use any portable music player
designed for use with headphones. Your
audio extension cable must have male
one-eighth inch (three and one-half
millimeter) connectors at each end.
Note: The system will display the FM
symbol when DAB and FM radio stations
link.
1.
Make sure your vehicle is stationary
with the radio and portable music
players turned off.
225
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Audio System
2. Plug the extension cable from the
portable music player into the auxiliary
input jack.
3. Switch the radio on. Select either a
tuned FM station or a CD.
4. Adjust the volume as desired.
5. Switch the portable music player on
and adjust its volume to half its
maximum level.
6. Press AUX until LINE or LINE IN
appears in the display. You should hear
music from your device even if it is low.
7. Adjust the volume on your portable
music player until it reaches the volume
level of the FM station or CD. Do this
by switching back and forth between
the AUX and FM or CD controls.
The USB port allows you to plug in media
playing devices, memory sticks and charge
devices (if supported). See SYNC™ (page
228).
MEDIA HUB
The media hub is located in the center
console and has the following features:
USB PORT
A
USB ports
B
Audio input
C
SD card slot
226
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Audio System
AUDIO TROUBLESHOOTING
Audio unit display
Rectification
Please check CD
General error message for CD fault conditions. For
example cannot read the CD, data-CD inserted, etc.
Make sure the disc is loaded correctly. Clean and re-try,
or replace disc with known music disc. If error persists
contact an authorized dealer.
CD drive malfunction
General error message for CD fault conditions. For
example a mechanism fault.
CD drive high temp.
Ambient temperature too hot – unit will not work until
it has cooled down.
227
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
SYNC™
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYNC is an in-vehicle communications
system that works with your
Bluetooth-enabled cell phone and
portable media player.
•
This allows you to:
• Make and receive calls
• Access and play music from your
media player
• Use Emergency Assistance
• Access phonebook contacts and music
using voice commands
• Stream music from your connected cell
phone
• Select pre-defined text messages
Make sure that you review your device's
manual before using it with SYNC.
•
Use the advanced voice recognition
system
Charge your USB device (if your device
supports this).
Support
For further support, see an authorized
dealer. For more information, visit the
regional Ford website.
228
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
SYNC™
Safety Information
supported media content. The system also
records a short development log of
approximately 10 minutes of all recent
system activity. The log profile and other
system data may be used to improve the
system and help diagnose any problems
that may occur.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
The cell phone profile, media player index
and development log will remain in the
system unless deleted. They are generally
accessible in your vehicle only when you
connect your cell phone or media player.
If you no longer plan to use the system or
your vehicle, we recommend you complete
a master reset to erase all stored
information. See Information Displays
(page 66).
When using SYNC:
• Do not operate playing devices if the
power cords or cables are broken, split
or damaged. Carefully place cords and
cables where you cannot step on them
or they do not interfere with the
operation of pedals, seats,
compartments or safe driving abilities.
• Do not leave playing devices in your
vehicle during extreme conditions as it
could cause them damage. Refer to
your device's manual for further
information.
• Do not attempt to service or repair the
system. See an authorized dealer.
Special equipment is required to access
system data. Access to your vehicle's
SYNC module is also required. We will not
access the system data for any purpose
other than as described without consent.
Examples where system data can be
accessed are for a court order, where
required by law enforcement, other
government authorities or other third
parties acting with lawful authority. Other
parties may seek to access the information
independently of us. Further privacy
information is available. See SYNC™
Applications and Services (page 243).
USING VOICE RECOGNITION
Privacy Information
This system helps you control many
features using voice commands. This
allows you to keep your hands on the
steering wheel and focus on what is around
you.
When a cell phone is connected to SYNC,
the system creates a profile that is linked
to that cell phone. The system creates the
profile to offer you more mobile features
and to operate more efficiently. Among
other things, this profile may contain data
about your phonebook, text messages
(read and unread) and call history. This
will include the history of calls when your
cell phone was not connected to the
system. If you connect a media player, the
system creates and retains an index of
Helpful Hints
Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as
quiet as possible. Wind noise from open
windows and road vibrations may prevent
the system from correctly recognizing
spoken commands.
229
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
SYNC™
Before giving a voice command, wait for
the system announcement to finish
followed by a single beep. Any command
spoken before this does not register with
the system.
You can interrupt the system at any time
while it is speaking by pressing the voice
button. You can also cancel a voice session
at any time by pressing and holding the
voice button.
Speak naturally, without long pauses
between words.
Initiating a Voice Session
Press the voice button. A list of
available commands appears in
the display.
Command
Description
Bluetooth audio
Stream audio from your cell phone.
(cancel | stop | exit)
Cancel the requested action.
((line | AV | audio video) in | AUX | audio
video)
Access the device connected to the auxiliary input jack.
(phone | Blackberry | iPhone | Mobile)
Make calls.
(USB [stick] | iPod | MP3 [player])
Access the device connected to your USB
port.
voice settings
Adjust the level of voice interaction and
feedback.
[main menu] help
Hear a list of voice commands available in
the current mode.
The default setting is to a higher level of
interaction in order to help you learn to use
the system. You can change these settings
at any time.
System Interaction and Feedback
The system provides feedback through
audible tones, prompts, questions and
spoken confirmations depending on the
situation and your chosen level of
interaction. You can customize the voice
recognition system to provide more or less
instruction and feedback.
Adjusting the Interaction Level
Press the voice button. When
prompted:
Command
voice settings
Description
Provides access to change the interaction level.
Then any of the following:
230
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
SYNC™
Command
Description
interaction mode
advanced
Provides less audible interaction and more tone prompts.
interaction mode novice
Provides more detailed interaction and guidance.
Press the voice button. When prompted:
Confirmation prompts are short questions
the system asks when it is not sure of your
request or when there is more than one
possible response to your request. For
example, the system may ask if the
command phone is correct.
Command
voice settings
Description
Provides access to change the confirmation prompt setting.
Then any of the following:
Command
Description
confirmation prompts off Makes a best guess from the command. You may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings.
confirmation prompts on Clarifies your voice command with a short question.
The system creates suggestion lists when
it has the same confidence level of several
options based on your voice commands.
When switched on, the system may
prompt you with as many as four
possibilities for clarification.
Command
Description
media candidate lists off Makes a best guess from the media suggestion list. The
system may occasionally ask you questions.
media candidate lists on Clarifies your voice command for media suggestions.
phone candidate lists off Makes a best guess from the cell phone suggestion list. The
system may occasionally ask you questions.
phone candidate lists on Clarifies your voice command for cell phone suggestions.
231
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
SYNC™
Changing the Voice Settings
the information and entertainment display.
You can change the voice settings using
Press the MENU button.
Action
Message
1
SYNC-Settings
2
Voice settings
Note: To scroll through the menus, press
the up or down arrows on your audio system.
USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
PHONE
1.
Make sure the Bluetooth feature on
your cell phone is switched on before
starting the search. Refer to your
device's manual if necessary.
2. Press the PHONE button. When the
audio display indicates that no phones
are paired, select the option to add.
3. When a message to begin pairing
appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your cell phone to start the
pairing process.
4. When prompted on your cell phone's
display, enter the six-digit PIN provided
by the system in the audio display. The
display indicates when the pairing is
successful.
Hands-free calling is one of the main
features of SYNC. While the system
supports a variety of features, many are
dependent on your cell phone's
functionality.
At a minimum, most cell phones with
Bluetooth wireless technology support the
following functions:
• Answering an incoming call.
• Ending a call.
• Using privacy mode.
• Dialing a number.
• Redialing.
• Call waiting notification.
• Caller ID.
Depending on your cell phone's capability
and your market, the system may prompt
you with questions such as setting the
current cell phone as the primary cell
phone (the cell phone the system
automatically tries to connect with first
when you switch the ignition on),
downloading your phonebook, etc.
Other features such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download are cell phone dependent
features. To check your cell phone's
compatibility, refer to your device's manual
or visit the regional Ford website.
Pairing Subsequent Cell Phones
Pairing a Cell Phone For the First
Time
Wirelessly pairing your cell phone with the
system allows you to make and receive
hands-free calls.
Wirelessly pairing your cell phone with the
system allows you to make and receive
hands-free calls.
Note: You must switch the ignition and
radio on.
Note: You must switch the ignition and
radio on.
Note: To scroll through the menus, press
the up or down arrows on your audio system.
232
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
SYNC™
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Make sure the Bluetooth feature on
your cell phone is switched on before
starting the search. Refer to your
device's manual if necessary.
Press the PHONE button.
Select the option for Bluetooth devices.
Press the OK button.
Select the option to add. This starts
the pairing process.
When a message to begin pairing
appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your device to start the
pairing process.
7.
When prompted on your cell phone's
display, enter the six-digit PIN provided
by the system in the audio display. The
display indicates when the pairing is
successful.
The system may prompt you with
questions such as setting the current cell
phone as the primary cell phone,
downloading your phonebook, etc.
Cell Phone Voice Commands
Press the voice button and when
prompted say either:
Command
Action
call (someone | [[a]
name])
You do not need to say "phone" prior to these commands.
Call <name> at home
You do not need to say "phone" prior to these commands.
Call <name> at work
You do not need to say "phone" prior to these commands.
Call <name> in office
You do not need to say "phone" prior to these commands.
Call <name> on cell
You do not need to say "phone" prior to these commands.
Call <name> on other
You do not need to say "phone" prior to these commands.
dial [[a] number]
You do not need to say "phone" prior to these commands.
([go to] privacy [on] |
transfer to phone |
handsfree off)
These commands are only available during a call.
(hold call [on] | (put |
place) call on hold)
These commands are only available during a call.
(hold call off | take call
off hold)
These commands are only available during a call.
mute [call] [on]
These commands are only available during a call.
(mute [call] off | Unmute These commands are only available during a call.
[call])
join (call | calls)
These commands are only available during a call.
233
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
SYNC™
Phonebook Commands
requested information appears in the audio
display.
When you ask the system to access a
phonebook name, number, etc., the
Press the voice button and when prompted
say either:
Command
Action
call (someone | [[a]
name])
To call the contact.
dial [[a] number]
112 (one-one-two), 700 (seven hundred) etc.
Pound
Number
0 (zero) to 9 (nine)
Asterisk
clear
Deletes all entered digits
(delete | correct)
Deletes the last set of entered digits.
Plus
Star
Note: To exit dial mode, press and hold the phone button or any button on the audio unit.
Menu Commands
Press the voice button and when prompted
say either:
Command
(turn ringer on | silent mode off)
(turn ringer off | silent mode [on])
Words in parenthesis are optional and do not have to be spoken for the system to
understand the command.
Making a Call
Press the voice button and when prompted
say either:
234
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
SYNC™
Command
Action
call (someone | [[a]
name])
dial [[a] number]
Followed by a number. When the system
confirms the number say:
dial [[a]
number]
To erase the last spoken digit say:
Command
(delete | correct)
Action
Or press the left arrow button on the audio unit.
To erase all spoken digits say:
Command
clear
Action
Or press and hold the left arrow button on the audio unit.
Cell Phone Options During an
Active Call
To end the call, press the end call button
on the steering wheel or select the end call
option in the audio display and press OK.
During an active call, you have extra menu
features which become available, for
example putting a call on hold.
Receiving a Call
When receiving a call, you can:
• Answer the call by pressing the accept
call button on the steering wheel or by
selecting the accept call option in the
audio display. Press the OK button.
• Reject the call by pressing the reject
call button on the steering wheel or by
selecting the reject call option in the
audio display. Press the OK button.
• Ignore the call by doing nothing.
To access this menu, choose one of the
options available at the bottom of the
audio display or select the option for more.
235
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
SYNC™
Message
Description and Action
Mic. off
Turn your vehicle's microphone off. To turn the microphone
on, select the option again.
Privacy
Switch a call from an active hands-free environment to your
cell phone for a more private conversation. When selected,
the audio display will indicate the call is private.
Hold
Put an active call on hold. When selected, the audio display
will indicate the call is on hold.
Dial a number
Enter numbers using the audio system numeric keypad, for
example numbers for passwords.
Join calls
Join two separate calls. The system supports a maximum of
three callers on a multi-party or conference call.
1. Select the option for more.
2. Access the desired contact through the system or use
voice commands to place the second call. Once actively
in the second call, select the option for more.
3. Scroll to the option to join calls and press the OK button.
Phonebook
Access your phonebook contacts.
1. Select the option for more.
2. Scroll to the option for phonebook and press the OK
button.
3. Scroll through your phonebook contacts.
4. Press the OK button again when the desired selection
appears in the audio display.
5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Call history
Access your call history log.
1. Select the option for more.
2. Scroll to the option for call history appears and press the
OK button.
3. Scroll through your call history options (incoming,
outgoing or missed).
4. Press the OK button again when the desired selection
appears in the audio display.
5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
236
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
SYNC™
Accessing Features Through the
Cell Phone Menu
The system attempts to automatically
re-download your phonebook and call
history each time your cell phone connects
to the system. You must turn on the auto
download feature if your cell phone
supports it.
You can access your call history,
phonebook, sent text messages as well as
access cell phone and system settings.
You can also access advanced features
such as emergency assistance.
Note: This is a cell phone dependent
feature.
1.
Press the PHONE button to enter the
cell phone menu.
2. Select one of the options available.
Message
Description and Action
Dial a number
Dial a number using the audio system numeric keypad.
Redial
Redial the last number called (if available). Press the OK
button to select.
Phonebook
Access your downloaded phonebook.
1. Press the OK button to confirm and enter. You can use
the options at the bottom of the screen to quickly access
an alphabetical category. You can also use the letters on
the keypad to jump in the list.
2. Scroll through your phonebook contacts.
3. Press the OK button again when the desired selection
appears in the audio display.
4. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Call history
Access any previously dialed, received or missed calls.
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select either incoming calls, outgoing calls or
missed calls. Press the OK button to make your selection.
3. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Speed Dial
Select one of 10 speed dial entries. To set a speed dial entry,
go to the phonebook and press and hold one of the numbers
on the audio system numeric keypad.
Text messaging
Send, download and delete text messages.
237
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
SYNC™
Message
Description and Action
BT Devices
Access the option for Bluetooth device menu listings (add,
connect, set as primary, on or off, delete).
Phone settings
View various settings and features on your cell phone.
Emergency Assistance
Turn the SYNC emergency assistance feature on or off.
You have these options:
• Select the listen option to have the
system read the message to you.
• Select the view option to open the text
message. Select the ignore option or
do nothing and the message goes into
your text message inbox. Once
selected, you have the ability to have
the message read out to you, to view
other messages or to select the more
option.
• Press the voice button and say "Read
text message".
• Select the more option and use the
arrow buttons to scroll through further
options.
Text Messaging
The system allows you to receive, send,
download and delete text messages. The
system can also read incoming text
messages to you so that you do not have
to take your eyes off the road.
Note: This is a cell phone dependent
feature.
Receiving a Text Message
When a new message arrives, an audible
tone sounds and the audio display
indicates you have a new message.
Note: Your cell phone must support
downloading text messages using Bluetooth
to receive incoming text messages.
Choose from the following:
Message
Action
Reply to sender
Press the OK button to access and then scroll through the
list of pre-defined messages to send.
Call sender
Press the OK button to call the sender of the message.
Forward msg.
Press the OK button to forward the message to anyone in
your phonebook or call history. You can also choose to enter
a number.
2. Select the text messaging option, then
press the OK button.
Sending, Downloading and Deleting
Your Text Messages
1.
Choose from the following:
Press the PHONE button.
238
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
SYNC™
Message
Description and Action
New
When you select the option to send a text message, a list of
pre-defined messages appear in the audio display. Allows
you to send a new text message based on a pre-defined set
of 15 messages.
View
Allows you to read the full message and in addition provides
the option to have the message read out to you by the system.
To go to the next message select the more option. This allows
you to reply to the sender, call the sender or forward the
message.
Delete
Allows you to delete current text messages from the system
(not your cell phone). The audio display indicates when all
your text messages have been deleted.
More...
Allows you to delete all messages or to manually trigger a
download of all unread messages from your cell phone.
Note: Only one recipient is allowed per text
message.
Sending a Text Message
1.
Select the send option when the
desired selection is highlighted in the
audio display.
2. Select the confirmation option when
the contact appears and press the OK
button again to confirm when the
system asks if you would like to send
the message. Each text message is
sent with a pre-defined signature.
Note: You can send text messages either
by choosing a contact from the phonebook
and selecting the text option from the audio
display or by replying to a received message
in the inbox.
Accessing Your Cell Phone
Settings
These are cell phone dependent features.
Your cell phone settings allow you to
access and adjust features such as your
ringtone, text message notification, modify
your phonebook and set up automatic
download.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Scroll until the phone settings option
appears, then press the OK button.
3. Scroll to select from the following
options:
239
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
SYNC™
Message
Description and Action
Set as master
If this option is checked, the system will use this cell phone
as the master when there is more than one cell phone paired
to the system. This option can be changed for all paired cell
phones (not only for the active one) using the Bluetooth
devices menu.
Phone status
See the cell phone name, provider name, cell phone number,
signal level and battery level. When done, press the left arrow
button to return to the cell phone status menu.
Set ringtone
Select which ringtone sounds during an incoming call (one
of the system's or your cell phone's). If your cell phone
supports in-band ringing, your cell phone's ringtone sounds
when you choose the cell phone ringtone option.
1. Press the OK button to select and scroll to hear each
ringtone.
2. Press the OK button to select.
Text msg notify
Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you when
a text message arrives. Press the OK button to turn the
audible tone on or off.
Phonebook pref.
Modify the contents of your phonebook, e.g. add, delete,
download. Press the OK button to select and scroll between:
Choose from the following:
Message
Description and Action
Add contacts
Push the desired contacts on your cell phone. Refer to your
device's manual on how to push contacts. Press the OK
button to add more contacts from your phonebook.
Delete
When a message asking you to delete appears, select the
option to confirm. Press the OK button to delete the current
phonebook and call history. The system takes you back to
the menu for phone settings.
Download now
Press the OK button to select and download your phonebook
to the system.
Auto-download
When automatic download is switched on, any changes,
additions or deletions saved in the system since your last
download are deleted.
240
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
SYNC™
Message
Description and Action
When automatic download is switched off, your phonebook
will not be downloaded when your cell phone connects to
the system.
Your phonebook, call history and text messages can only be
accessed when your paired cell phone is connected to the
system.
Check or uncheck this option to automatically download your
phonebook each time your cell phone connects to the system.
Downloading times are cell phone dependent and quantity
dependent.
Bluetooth Devices Menu Options
Bluetooth Devices
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Scroll until the Bluetooth device option
appears, then press the OK button.
3. Scroll to select from the following
options:
This menu provides access to your
Bluetooth devices. Use the arrow buttons
to scroll through the menu options. It
allows you to add, connect and delete
devices and set a cell phone as primary.
Message
Add
Description and Action
Pair additional cell phones to the system.
1. Select the option to add to start the pairing process.
2. When a message to begin pairing appears in the audio
display, search for SYNC on your cell phone. Refer to your
device's manual if necessary.
3. When prompted on your cell phone's display, enter the
six-digit PIN provided by the system in the audio display.
The display indicates when the pairing is successful.
241
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
SYNC™
Message
Description and Action
4. When the option to set the cell phone as the primary cell
phone appears, select either yes or no.
5. Depending on the functionality of your cell phone, you
may be asked extra questions (for example. if you would
like to download your phonebook). Select either yes or
no to confirm your response.
Delete
After deleting a cell phone from the list, the cell phone can
only be connected again by repeating the full pairing process.
Select the delete option and confirm when the system asks
to delete the selected device.
Master
The system attempts to connect with the primary cell phone
every time you switch the ignition on. When a cell phone is
selected as primary, it appears first in the list and is marked
with an asterisk.
Set a previously paired cell phone as your primary cell phone.
Select the master option to confirm the primary cell phone.
Conn.
Connect a previously paired cell phone. You can only have
one cell phone connected at a time to use the cell phone
functionality. When another cell phone is connected, the
previous cell phone will be disconnected from the telephone
services. The system allows you to use different Bluetooth
devices for the cell phone functionality and the Bluetooth
audio music playback feature at the same time.
Discon.
Disconnects the selected cell phone. Select this option and
confirm when asked to. After disconnecting a cell phone, it
can be connected again without repeating the full pairing
process.
2. Select the SYNC settings option, then
press the OK button.
3. Scroll to select from the following
options:
System Settings
1.
Press the MENU button.
Message
Description and Action
Bluetooth on
Check or uncheck this option to turn the Bluetooth interface
of the system on or off. Select this option then press the OK
button to change the option's status.
Set defaults
This selection does not erase your indexed information
(phonebook, call history, text messages and paired devices).
242
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
SYNC™
Message
Description and Action
Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio
display. Return to the factory default settings.
Master reset
Completely erase all information stored on the system
(phonebook, call history, text messages and paired devices)
and return to the factory default settings.
Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio
display. The display indicates when complete and the system
takes you back to the previous menu.
Install on SYNC
Install applications or software updates you have downloaded.
Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio
display. There must be a valid SYNC application or update
available on the USB thumb drive in order to finish an
installation successfully.
System info
Display the system's version numbers as well as its serial
number.
Press the OK button to select.
Voice settings
The voice settings submenu contains various options. See
Using Voice Recognition (page 229).
Browse USB
Browse the actual menu structure of the connected USB
device. Press the OK button and use the up or down arrows
to scroll through the folders and files. Use the left or right
arrows to enter and leave a folder. Media content can be
directly selected for playback from this menu.
Emergency Assistance
You can turn the emergency assistance feature on or off. See
SYNC™ Applications and Services (page 243).
Press the MENU button to enter the
system menu.
SYNC™ APPLICATIONS AND
SERVICES
Note: Some versions of SYNC may operate
differently. Press the PHONE button instead
of the MENU button to access the
Emergency Assistance menu.
A list of available applications appears.
Each application may have its own specific
settings.
Message
SYNC-Apps
Description and Action
Scroll to this option, and then press OK.
243
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
SYNC™
SYNC Emergency Assistance
If a crash deploys an airbag or triggers the
fuel pump shut off, the system may
contact emergency services by dialing 112
(the wireless emergency number that
works in most European countries) through
a paired and connected cell phone. For
more information about the system and
Emergency Assistance, visit the regional
Ford website.
WARNINGS
For this feature to work, your cell
phone must have Bluetooth and be
compatible with the system.
Always place your cell phone in a
secure location inside your vehicle.
Failure to do so may cause serious
injury to someone or damage the cell
phone which could prevent this feature
from working correctly.
Note: Before selecting this feature, you
must read the Emergency Assistance privacy
notice later in this section for important
information.
Unless the feature setting is switched
on prior to a crash, the system will
not attempt to place an emergency
call which could delay the response time,
potentially increasing the risk of serious
injury or death. Do not wait for the system
to make an emergency call if you can do it
yourself. Dial emergency services
immediately to avoid a delayed response
time. If you do not hear Emergency
Assistance within five seconds of the crash,
the system or cell phone may be damaged
or non-functional.
Note: When you switch this feature on or
off, that setting applies for all paired cell
phones. If you have turned this feature off
and a previously paired phone connects
when you switch on the ignition, either a
voice message plays, a display message or
icon is shown or both.
Note: Every cell phone operates differently.
While this feature works with most cell
phones, some cell phones may experience
difficulties using this feature.
Note: Make sure you are familiar with the
information about airbag deployment. See
Supplementary Restraints System (page
29).
Switching Emergency Assistance
On and Off
Press the MENU button then select:
Message
Action
SYNC-Apps
Press OK.
Emergency Assistance
Press OK. Select the option you require and press OK.
If you switch off this feature, a dialog will
appear in the display, which allows you to
set a voice reminder.
Display Options
If you switch on this feature, a confirmation
message appears in the display.
Off with voice reminder provides a display
and voice reminder when your cell phone
connects and your vehicle starts.
244
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
SYNC™
Off without voice reminder provides a
display reminder only without a voice
reminder when your cell phone connects.
Before making a call:
• If you do not cancel the call and SYNC
makes a successful call, an
introductory message plays for the
emergency operator. After this
message, there is hands-free
communication between your vehicle's
occupants and the operator.
• The system provides a short window
of time (approximately 10 seconds) to
cancel the call. If you do not cancel the
call, the system attempts to dial 112.
• The system plays a message letting
you know when it attempts to make an
emergency call. You can cancel the call
by selecting the relevant function
button or by pressing the end call
button on the steering wheel.
To make sure that Emergency Assistance
works correctly:
• The system must have power and be
working correctly at the time of the
crash and during feature activation and
use.
• You must switch on the feature before
a crash.
• You must have a cell phone connected
to the system.
• In certain countries, it may be
necessary to have a valid and
registered SIM card with credit in order
to place and maintain an emergency
call.
• A connected cell phone must have the
ability to make and maintain an
outgoing call at the time of the crash.
• A connected cell phone must have
adequate network coverage, battery
power and signal strength.
• Your vehicle must have battery power.
During a call:
• Emergency Assistance uses your
vehicle GPS or cellular network
information when available to
determine the most appropriate
language to use. It alerts the
emergency operator of the crash and
delivers the introductory message. This
may include your vehicle GPS
coordinates.
• The language the system uses to
interact with the occupants of your
vehicle may differ from the language
used to deliver information to the
emergency operator.
• After the delivery of the introductory
message the voice line opens so that
you can speak hands-free with the
emergency operator.
• When the line is connected, you must
be prepared to provide your name,
phone number and location
information immediately.
Note: This feature only works in a European
country or region where SYNC Emergency
Assistance can call the local emergency
services. Visit the regional Ford website for
details.
In the Event of a Crash
Note: Not every crash deploys an airbag or
triggers the fuel pump shut off (which may
turn on Emergency Assistance). However,
if Emergency Assistance is triggered the
system tries to contact the emergency
services. If a connected cell phone sustains
damage or loses connection to the system,
it searches for and tries to connect to any
available previously paired cell phone. The
system attempts to dial 112.
245
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
SYNC™
Note: While the system provides
information to the emergency operator, the
system plays a message letting you know
it is sending important information. It then
lets you know when the line is open to start
hands-free communication.
Important Information about the
Emergency Assistance Feature
Emergency Assistance does not currently
call emergency services in the following
markets: Albania, Belarus, Bosnia and
Herzegovina, Macedonia, Netherlands,
Ukraine, Moldova and Russia.
Note: During an Emergency Assistance call,
an emergency priority screen appears which
contains vehicle GPS coordinates when
available.
Visit the regional Ford website for latest
details.
Note: It is possible that GPS location
information is not available at the time of
the crash; in this case, Emergency
Assistance will still attempt to place an
emergency call.
Emergency Assistance Privacy Notice
When you switch on Emergency
Assistance, it may disclose to emergency
services that your vehicle has been in a
crash involving the deployment of an
airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut
off. This feature has the capability to
disclose your location information to the
emergency operator or other details about
your vehicle or crash to provide the most
appropriate emergency services.
Note: It is possible that the emergency
services will not receive the GPS
coordinates; in this case, hands-free
communication with an emergency operator
is available.
Note: The emergency operator may also
receive information from the cellular
network such as cell phone number, cell
phone location and cell phone carrier name
independent from SYNC Emergency
Assistance.
If you do not want to disclose this
information, do not switch on the feature.
SYNC AppLink
The system enables voice and manual
control of SYNC AppLink enabled
smartphone apps. Once an app is running
through AppLink, you can control main
features of the app through voice
commands and manual controls.
Emergency Assistance may not work if:
• Your cell phone or Emergency
Assistance hardware sustains damage
in the crash.
• The vehicle battery or the system has
no power.
• A crash ejects your cell phone from
your vehicle.
• You do not have a valid and registered
SIM card with credit in your cell phone.
• You are in a European country or region
where the SYNC Emergency Assistance
cannot place the call. Visit the regional
Ford website for details.
Note: You must pair and connect your
smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink.
Note: iPhone users need to connect the
phone to the USB port.
Note: Android users need to connect the
phone to SYNC using Bluetooth.
Note: For information on available apps,
supported smartphone devices and
troubleshooting tips please visit the Ford
website.
246
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
SYNC™
Note: Make sure you have an active account
for the app that you have downloaded.
Some apps will work automatically with no
setup. Other apps will want you to configure
your personal settings and personalize your
experience by creating stations or favorites.
We recommend you do this at home or
outside of your vehicle.
To Access Using the SYNC Menu
Scroll through the list of available
applications and press OK to select an
app. Once an app is running through SYNC,
press the right arrow button to access the
app menu. You can access various app
features from here, for example thumbs
up and thumbs down. Press the left arrow
button to exit the app menu.
Press the MENU button then select:
Message
Description and Action
SYNC-Apps
Mobile Apps
Scroll to this option, and then press OK.
Find new Apps
Select this option if the app required is not listed.
Note: If a SYNC AppLink compatible app cannot be found, make sure the required app is
running on the mobile device.
To Access Using Voice Commands
Press the voice button and when prompted
say:
Command
mobile (apps | applications)
Description and Action
Say the name of the application after the tone. The application will start. While an app is running through SYNC, you can
press the voice button and speak commands specific to the
app.
The following voice commands are always
available:
Command
Description and Action
[main menu] help
Use this command to hear a list of available voice commands.
mobile (apps | applications)
The system will prompt you to say the name of the app to
start it.
list [mobile] (apps |
applications)
The system will list all of the currently available mobile apps.
247
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
SYNC™
Command
Description and Action
find [new] [mobile]
(apps | applications)
The system will search your connected mobile device for
SYNC compatible apps.
<the name of the app>
Say the name of an app to start it on SYNC.
<the name of the app>
Help
The system will list the available voice commands for the
requested app.
(quit | exit | close)
Use this command followed by the name of the app.
Press the MENU button then select:
Enabling and Disabling Push
Notifications
Some apps can send push notifications. A
push notification is an alert from an app
running in the background and is delivered
by voice, pop up or both. This may be
particularly useful for news or location
based apps.
Message
Description and Action
SYNC-Apps
Mobile Apps
Settings
All Apps
If push notifications are supported this setting will be listed.
Select to enable or disable the feature as required.
Note: You must enable mobile apps for
each connected device the first time you
select a mobile app using the system.
Enabling SYNC Mobile Apps
To use the system you must consent to
send and receive app authorization
information and updates, using the data
plan associated with the connected device.
Note: Standard data rates will apply. Ford
is not responsible for any additional charges
you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
through the connected device. This includes
any additional charges incurred due to
driving in areas when roaming out of a home
network.
Data is sent to Ford in the United States
through the connected device. The
information is encrypted and includes your
VIN, SYNC module number, anonymous
usage statistics and debugging
information. Updates may take place
automatically.
248
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
SYNC™
App Status
in the settings menu. There are three
possible statuses:
You can view the current status of an app
Message
Description and Action
Update needed
The system has detected a new app requiring authorization
or a general permissions update is required.
Up-to-date
No update is required.
Updating...
The system is trying to receive an update.
Options in the settings menu:
Message
Description and Action
Request Update
If an update is required and you want to manually request
the update, for example when you are in a Wi-Fi hotspot.
Disable Updates
Select this option to disable automatic updates.
When you launch an app using SYNC, the
system may ask you to grant certain
permissions, for example:
• To allow your vehicle to provide vehicle
information to the app including, but
not limited to: Fuel level, fuel
consumption, engine speed, battery
voltage, odometer, VIN, external
temperature, gear position, tire
pressure, ambient temperature, date
and time.
• To allow your vehicle to provide driving
characteristic information, including,
but not limited to: MyKey, seat belt
status, engine speeds, braking events,
brake pedal switch, acceleration,
accelerator pedal position, clutch pedal
switch, trip length, trip time, trip cost,
percent engine on time, and percent of
time at speed.
App Permissions
Permissions are divided by groups. You can
grant these group permissions individually.
You can change a permission group status
any time when not driving, by using the
settings menu.
249
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
SYNC™
•
To allow your vehicle to provide
location information, including: GPS
and speed.
To allow the app to send push
notifications using the vehicle display
and voice capabilities while running in
a background state.
•
SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any
media player including: iPod, Zune, Plays
from device players, and most USB drives.
SYNC also supports audio formats such
as MP3, WMA, WAV and ACC.
Connecting Your Media Player to
the USB Port
Note: You will only need to grant
permissions the first time you use an app
with SYNC.
Note: If your media player has a power
switch, make sure you switch on the device.
Note: We are not responsible or liable for
any damages or loss of privacy relating to
usage of an app, or dissemination of any
vehicle data that you approve us to provide
to an app.
To Connect Using Voice Commands
1.
Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
port.
2. Press the voice button and when
prompted say:
USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
MEDIA PLAYER
You can access and play music from your
media player through your vehicle's
speaker system using the system's media
menu or voice commands. You can also
sort and play your music by specific
categories such as artist or albums.
Command
Description and Action
(USB [stick] | iPod | MP3 You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate
[player])
voice commands. Refer to the media voice commands.
2. Press the AUX button until an
initializing message appears in the
display.
To Connect Using the System Menu
1.
Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
port.
Message
Browse USB
Description and Action
Depending on how many media files are on your connected
device, an indexing message may appear in the display. When
indexing is complete, the screen returns to the playback menu.
Choose from the following:
250
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
SYNC™
Message
Play all
Playlists
Songs
Artists
Albums
Genres
Browse USB
Reset USB
Exit
Media Voice Commands
What's Playing?
Press the voice button and when
prompted say:
At any time during playback, you can press
the voice button and ask the system what
is playing. The system reads the metadata
tags (if populated) of the current track.
Command
Description and Action
(USB [stick] | iPod | MP3 You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate
[player])
voice commands.
Then any of the following:
Command
Description and Action
play
pause
play [album] [by [artist]] <name> is a dynamic listing, meaning that it could be the
name of anything such as desired group, artist or song. Voice
commands that are not available until indexing is complete.
play all
251
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
SYNC™
Command
Description and Action
play [artist]
<name> is a dynamic listing, meaning that it could be the
name of anything such as desired group, artist or song. Voice
commands that are not available until indexing is complete.
play [genre]
<name> is a dynamic listing, meaning that it could be the
name of anything such as desired group, artist or song. Voice
commands that are not available until indexing is complete.
[play] next track
play [playlist]
<name> is a dynamic listing, meaning that it could be the
name of anything such as desired group, artist or song. Voice
commands that are not available until indexing is complete.
[play] previous track
play [song | track | title |
file]
<name> is a dynamic listing, meaning that it could be the
name of anything such as desired group, artist or song. Voice
commands that are not available until indexing is complete.
repeat off
repeat one [on]
(browse | search | show)
album
(browse | search | show)
artist
(browse | search | show)
genre
(browse | search | show)
playlist
(browse | search | show)
all (album | albums)
(browse | search | show)
all (artist | artists)
(browse | search | show)
all (genre | genres)
(browse | search | show)
all (playlist | playlists)
252
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
SYNC™
Command
Description and Action
(browse | search | show)
all (song | songs | title |
titles | file | files | track |
tracks)
shuffle off
shuffle [all] [on]
[play] (similar music |
more like this)
((who's | who is) this |
who plays this | (what's
| what is) playing [now]
| (what | which) (song |
track | artist) is this |
(who's | who is) playing |
(what's | what is) this)
Voice Command Guide
Command
Description and Action
(browse | search | show) The system searches all the data from your indexed music
genre
and if available, begins to play the chosen type of music.
[play] (similar music |
more like this)
The system compiles a playlist and then plays similar music
to what is currently playing from the USB port using indexed
metadata information.
(browse | search | show) The system searches for a specific artist, track or album from
artist
the music indexed through the USB port.
(browse | search | show) The system searches for a specific artist, track or album from
album
the music indexed through the USB port.
To switch the Bluetooth audio on, use the
AUX or Source button or press the voice
button and when prompted and say:
The system is also capable of playing
music from your cell phone through
Bluetooth.
Command
Description and Action
Bluetooth audio
Then any of the following:
253
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
SYNC™
Command
Description and Action
pause
play
[play] next track
[play] previous track
Press AUX to select USB playback.
Media Menu Features
The media menu allows you to select how
to play your music (such as by artist, genre,
shuffle or repeat) and to find similar music
or reset the index of your USB devices.
Message
Options
Description and Action
This will enter the media menu.
Then any of the following:
Message
Description and Action
Shuffle
Choose to shuffle or repeat your music. Once you make your
choice, it remains on until you switch it off.
Repeat track
Choose to shuffle or repeat your music. Once you make your
choice, it remains on until you switch it off.
Similar music
You can play similar types of music to the current playlist
from the USB port. The system uses the metadata information of each track to compile a playlist. The system then
creates a new list of similar tracks and then begins playing.
Each track must have the metadata tags populated for this
feature. With certain playing devices, if your metadata tags
are not populated, the tracks will not be available in voice
recognition, the play menu or this option. However, if you
place these tracks onto your playing device in mass storage
device mode they are available in voice recognition, the play
menu or this option. The system places unknowns into any
unpopulated metadata tag.
Reset SYNC USB
Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete
you can choose what to play from the USB song library.
254
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
SYNC™
Accessing Your USB Song Library
1.
port.
2. Press AUX to select USB playback.
Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
Message
Browse USB
Description and Action
This menu allows you to select and play your media files by
artist, album, genre, playlist and track or even to browse what
is on your USB device.
If there are no media files to access, the
display indicates there is no media. If there
are media files, you have the following
options to scroll through and select:
Message
Play all
Description and Action
Play all indexed media files from your playing device one at
*
a time in numerical order.
1. Press OK to select. The first track title appears in the
display.
Playlists
Access your playlists (from formats such as ASX, M3U, WPL
*
or MTP).
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired playlist, and then press OK.
Songs
Search for and play a specific indexed track.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired track, and then press OK.
Artists
Sort all indexed media files by artist. Once selected, the
system lists and then plays all artists and tracks alphabetic-
*
*
ally.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired artist, and then press OK.
Albums
*
Sort all indexed media files by albums.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired albums, and then press OK.
255
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
SYNC™
Message
Description and Action
Genres
Sort indexed music by genre (category) type.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired genre, and then press OK.
Browse USB
Browse all supported media files on your media player
connected to the USB port. You can only view media files
that are compatible with SYNC; other saved files are not
visible.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to browse indexed media files on your flash drive,
and then press OK.
Reset USB
Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete,
you can choose what to play from the USB song library.
*
*
You can use the buttons at the bottom of the audio display to jump to a certain
alphabetical category quickly. You can also use the letters on the numeric keypad to jump
in the list.
Bluetooth Devices and System
Settings
SYNC™ TROUBLESHOOTING
You can access these menus using the
audio display. See Using SYNC™ With
Your Phone (page 232).
Your SYNC system is easy to use. However,
should questions arise, please refer to the
tables below.
To check your cell phone's compatibility,
visit the regional Ford website.
Cell phone issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
A lot of background noise
during a phone
call.
The audio control
settings on your cell
phone may be affecting
SYNC performance.
Refer to your device's manual about audio
adjustments.
During a call, I
can hear the
Possible cell phone
other person
malfunction.
but they cannot
hear me.
Try switching off your cell phone, resetting
it or removing the battery, then trying again.
Make sure that the microphone for SYNC
is not set to off.
256
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
SYNC™
Cell phone issues
Issue
Possible cause
This is a cell phonedependent feature.
SYNC is not
able to download my phone- Possible cell phone
book.
malfunction.
Possible solution
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
Try switching off your cell phone, resetting
it or removing the battery, then trying again.
Try pushing your phonebook contacts to
SYNC by selecting the option to add.
You must switch on your cell phone and
the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC.
Try pushing your phonebook contacts to
SYNC by selecting the option to add.
The system
says "Phonebook downloaded" but my Limitations on your cell
SYNC phonephone's capability.
book is empty or
is missing
contacts.
This is a cell phonedependent feature.
If the missing contacts are stored on your
SIM card, try moving them to your cell
phone's memory.
Remove any pictures or special ring tones
associated with the missing contact.
You must switch on your cell phone and
the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC.
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
Try switching off your cell phone, resetting
it or removing the battery, then trying again.
I am having
trouble
connecting my
cell phone to
SYNC.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
Try deleting your device from SYNC and
deleting SYNC from your device, then trying
again.
Always check the security and auto accept
prompt settings relative to the SYNC
Bluetooth connection on your cell phone.
Update your cell phone's firmware.
Switch off the auto download setting.
Text messaging This is a cell phoneis not working
dependent feature.
on SYNC.
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
257
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
SYNC™
Cell phone issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
Possible solution
Try switching off your cell phone, resetting
it or removing the battery, then trying again.
Your cell phone must support downloading
text messages through Bluetooth to receive
incoming text messages.
This is a cell phonedependent feature.
Audible text
messages do
not work on my
cell phone.
Access the text messaging menu of SYNC
to see if your cell phone supports the
feature. Press the PHONE button and then
scroll and select the option for text
messaging, then press OK.
Because each cell phone is different, refer
to your device's manual for the specific cell
This is a cell phone limita- phone you are pairing. In fact, there can be
tion.
differences between cell phones due to
brand, model, service provider and software
version.
USB and media issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
Try switching off the device, resetting it or
removing the battery, then trying again.
I am having
trouble
connecting my
device.
Make sure you are using the manufacturer's
cable.
Possible device malfuncMake sure correctly insert the USB cable to
tion.
the device and your vehicle's USB port.
Make sure that the device does not have
an auto-install program or active security
settings.
SYNC does not
Make sure you are not leaving the device in
recognize my
This is a device limitation. your vehicle during very hot or cold
device when I
temperatures.
start my vehicle.
Bluetooth audio This is a devicedoes not
dependent feature.
stream.
Make sure you connect the device to SYNC
and press play on your device.
258
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
SYNC™
USB and media issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
The device is not
connected.
Your music files may not
contain the correct artist, Make sure that all song details are popusong title, album or genre lated.
information.
SYNC does not
recognize music
The file may be
that is on my
corrupted.
device.
The song may have
copyright protection that
does not allow it to play.
When I connect
my iPhone or
iPod Touch
through the
USB and
This is a device limitation.
Bluetooth Audio
at the same
time, I sometimes do not
hear any sound.
Try replacing the corrupt file with a new
version.
Some devices require you to change the
USB settings from mass storage to media
transfer protocol class.
From the iPhone or iPod Touch music now
playing screen, select the audio device
airplay icon at the very bottom of your
iPhone or iPod Touch screen.
To listen to the iPhone or iPod Touch
through Bluetooth Audio, select SYNC.
To listen to the iPhone or iPod Touch
through USB, select Dock Connector.
Voice command issues
Issue
SYNC does not
understand
what I am
saying.
Possible cause
Possible solution
Review the cell phone voice commands
and the media voice commands at the
beginning of their respective sections.
You may be using the
wrong voice commands. Refer to the audio display during an active
voice session to find a list of voice
commands there.
You may be speaking too The microphone for the system is either in
soon or at the wrong
your rear view mirror or in the headliner just
time.
above the windshield.
259
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
SYNC™
Voice command issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
You may be using the
Review the media voice commands at the
wrong voice commands. beginning of the media section.
You may not be saying
SYNC does not
the name exactly as the
understand the
system saved it.
name of a song
or artist.
Say the song or artist exactly as the system
saved it. If you say, "Play Artist Prince", the
system does not play music by Prince and
the Revolution or Prince and the New
Power Generation.
Make sure you are saying the complete title
such as "California remix featuring Jennifer
Nettles".
If the song titles are in capital letters, you
have to spell them. LOLA requires you to
say "L-O-L-A".
The system may not be
reading the name the
Do not use special characters in the title,
same way you are saying as the system does not recognize them.
it.
Review the cell phone voice commands at
the beginning of the cell phone section.
You can also use the cell phone and media
You may be using the
wrong voice commands. suggestion lists to get a list of possible
suggestions when the system cannot fully
understand you. See Using Voice Recognition (page 229).
SYNC does not
understand or is
calling the
wrong contact You may not be saying
when I want to the name exactly as the
system saved it.
make a call.
Contacts in your phonebook may be very short
and similar or they may
contain special characters.
Make sure you are saying the name exactly
as the system saved it. For example, if the
contact name is Joe Wilson, say "Call Joe
Wilson".
The system works better if you list full
names such as "Joe Wilson" rather than
"Joe".
Do not use special characters such as 123
or ICE as the system does not recognize
them.
260
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
SYNC™
Voice command issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
Your phonebook
contacts may be in
capital letters.
If the contacts are in capital letters, you
have to spell them. JAKE requires you to
say "Call J-A-K-E".
SYNC applies the phonetic pronunciation
rules of the selected language to the
contact names stored on your cell phone.
The SYNC voice
control system
is having trouble
recognizing
foreign names
stored on my
cell phone.
You may be saying the
foreign names using the
currently selected
language for SYNC.
The SYNC voice
control system
is having trouble
recognizing
foreign tracks,
artists, albums,
genres and
playlist names
from my media
player or USB
flash drive.
You may be saying the
foreign names using the
currently selected
language for SYNC.
Helpful Hint: You can select your contact
manually. Press PHONE. Select the option
for phonebook and then contact name.
Press the soft-key option to hear it. SYNC
will read the contact name to you, giving
you some idea of the pronunciation it is
expecting.
SYNC applies the phonetic pronunciation
rules of the selected language to the names
stored on your media player or USB flash
drive. It is able to make some exceptions
for very popular artist names (for example,
U2) such that you can always use the
English pronunciation for these artists.
261
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
SYNC™
Voice command issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
SYNC uses a synthetically generated voice
rather than pre-recorded human voice.
The system
generates voice
prompts and
SYNC uses text-tothe pronuncispeech voice prompt
ation of some
technology.
words may not
be accurate for
my language.
My previous
Bluetooth voice
control system
allowed me to
control the
radio, CD, and
climate control
systems. Why
can I not control
these systems
with SYNC?
SYNC offers several new voice control
features for a wide range of languages.
Dialing a contact name directly from the
phonebook without pre-recording (for
example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
from your media player (for example," play
artist Madonna).
The focus of SYNC is to
control your mobile
devices and the content
stored on them.
SYNC offers significant capability beyond
the previous system such as dialing a
contact name directly from the phonebook
without pre-recording (for example, “call
John Smith”) or selecting a track, artist,
album, genre or playlist directly from your
media player (for example, " play artist
Madonna).
262
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
SYNC™
General
Issue
The language
selected for the
instrument
cluster and
information and
entertainment
display does not
match the
SYNC language
(phone, USB,
Bluetooth
audio, voice
control and
voice prompts).
Possible cause
Possible solution
SYNC only supports four languages in a
single module for text display, voice control
and voice prompts. The country where you
bought your vehicle dictates the four
languages based on the most popular
languages spoken. If the selected language
is not available, SYNC remains in the
current active language.
SYNC does not support
the currently selected
language for the instrument cluster and inform- SYNC offers several new voice control
ation and entertainment features for a wide range of languages.
display.
Dialing a contact name directly from the
phonebook without pre-recording (for
example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
from your media player (for example, play
artist Madonna).
263
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Navigation
Press the relevant button on the unit bezel
to access the system functions. This will
take you into the selected mode.
For instructions on how to operate the
audio unit and the available navigation
features, see the relevant audio unit
procedure. See Audio System (page 203).
Loading Map Data
WARNINGS
The indicated maximum speed may
not be applicable to your vehicle. It
is always your responsibility to
control your vehicle, supervise any system
and obey the correct speed limit. Failure
to do so could result in loss of vehicle
control.
1.
Load the navigation SD card into the
slot.
2. Press the NAV button. The road safety
warning confirms the map data import
was successful.
3. The system is now ready to use.
For map updates and system upgrades,
see an authorized dealer.
The front glass on the liquid crystal
display may break if hit with a hard
object. If the glass breaks, do not
touch the liquid crystalline material. In case
of contact with the skin, wash immediately
with soap and water.
Note: You can only use Ford licensed data.
Road Safety
WARNING
Note: Do not switch the ignition on or
attempt to start the engine while the
software is updating.
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any handheld device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Note: Do not clean the unit with solvents
or aerosol cleaning agents. Use only a damp
cloth.
Note: The navigation SD card must be in
the SD card slot to operate the navigation
system. If you need a replacement SD card,
see an authorized dealer.
Note: The SD card slot is spring-loaded. To
remove the SD card, push the card in and
release it. Do not attempt to remove the
card without first pushing it in. This could
cause damage.
264
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Navigation
Note: You are ultimately responsible for
the safe operation of your vehicle and must
evaluate whether it is safe to follow route
suggestions. Navigation features are
provided only as an aid. Driving decisions
based on observations of local conditions
and existing traffic regulations must be
observed. Do not follow route suggestions
if they would result in an unsafe or illegal
maneuver, an unsafe situation, or if you
would be directed into an area that you
consider unsafe. Maps used by this system
may be inaccurate due to errors, changes in
roads, traffic or driving conditions.
Safety Information
If detailed viewing of route instructions is
necessary, pull off the road when it is safe
to do so and park your vehicle.
Setting a Route
Press the NAV button and select:
Destination input
Starting at the top, select the country followed by either the
postcode or city and street name, together with the house
number or intersection. Use the arrow buttons to enter the
destination details.
Start guidance
Select this after entering sufficient information.
Note: After the first entry, the country selected will remain the default option until you
manually change it.
The route is calculated and the screen
returns to the main navigation screen. If
prompted, select the type of route you
require first. Follow the screen and voice
prompts to reach your destination.
Note: If you only need to navigate to a
district, within a city for example, just enter
the district name and start guidance.
Note: If required you can select different
character screens by using the up and down
arrow buttons.
You can access the menu using the
information and entertainment display
control. See Information Displays (page
66).
Menu Structure
Note: If you only need to navigate to a city
center, just enter the city name and start
guidance.
For a description on some menu items refer
to the relevant table.
Note: Some options may appear slightly
different or not at all if the items are
optional.
265
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Navigation
Navigation Menu Structure
Route
Active guidance
Route sections list
Block next section
Unblock route sections
Destination input
Country
City/postcode
Street
District
Start guidance
Traffic
TA
TMC for route
All TMC
Block next section
Route sections list
Unblock route sections
Home address
Start guidance
Change address
Last destinations
Favourites
Favourites (A-Z)
Points of interest
POIs nearby
Near destination
Along motorway
POIs near address
Search by name
Tour planning
New tour
Stored tours
266
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Navigation
Store position
Route options
Route
Eco
Fast
Short
Always ask
Driver:
Leisurely
Normal
Fast
Eco settings
Trailer:
Roof box
Dynamic
Motorway
Tunnel
Ferry/motorail
Toll
Seasonal roads
Toll sticker
Special functions
GPS info
System info
Enter position
Demo mode
Route Options
Press the NAV button and scroll to route
options. You can then set your route
options for any of the following.
267
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Navigation
Function
Route:
Always ask
Description
Select to make sure that you are always
given the choice of route option for your
journey.
Eco
Uses the most fuel efficient route. Your
driving style will influence this.
Fast
Uses the fastest route possible.
Short
Uses the shortest distance possible.
Driver:
Eco settings
Leisurely
This option will calculate your time of
arrival based on a leisurely drive to the
destination.
Normal
This option will calculate your time of
arrival based on a normal drive to the
destination.
Fast
This option will calculate your time of
arrival based on a fast drive to the destination.
Trailer:
Use this feature to change the economy
settings of your journey relating to whether
or not you are towing a trailer and if so the
size of trailer being towed.
Roof box
Use this feature to change the economy
settings of your journey relating to the use
of a roof box.
Dynamic
When switched on, and if the unit is
receiving a valid traffic message channel
signal, the route will be automatically
updated to take into account real time
traffic incidents or congestion. This feature
can be useful in avoiding delays or hold ups
on journeys.
Motorway
When switched off the system will avoid
freeways on your route and automatically
update your route distance and timings.
Tunnel
When switched off the system will avoid
tunnels on your route and automatically
update your route distance and timings.
268
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Navigation
Function
Description
Ferry/motorail
When switched off the system will avoid
ferry crossings and car train facilities on
your route and automatically update your
route distance and timings.
Toll
When switched off the system will avoid
toll roads on your route and automatically
update your route distance and timings.
Seasonal roads
When switched off the system will avoid
seasonal roads (for example, mountain
passes) on your route and automatically
update your route distance and timings.
Toll sticker
When switched off the system will avoid
toll routes and automatically update your
route distance and timings.
Setting Your Navigation
Preferences
Information
Press the information button to view
details of your current location or journey.
During active route guidance pressing this
button will repeat the last navigation
instruction.
Select settings for the system to take into
account when planning your route.
Press the NAV button and choose any of the following options.
When You Select
You Can
Destination input
Enter your destination details (for example enter city names,
enter street names or pick a place from a map).
Traffic
Choose how you want the system to handle traffic problems
along your route (for example, block sections on route).
Home address
See the location on the map currently stored as the home
position. Only one entry can be saved as the home address.
Last destinations
Access a history of previous destinations entered in the
system. Select the required repeat destination from the list.
Favourites
See a list of your saved favorites.
Points of interest
Search for and select points of interest nearby, on your route
or at your destination. You can search by name or by category.
269
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Navigation
When You Select
You Can
Tour planning
Set up and store a new tour by entering a number of different
destinations and select the order in which you wish to visit
them. You can also modify an existing tour or recall a previous
tour. The system will automatically calculate and display
your chosen journey.
Store position
Store and name your current position. This will automatically
save in your favorites.
Route options
Set your route options from the available list.
Special functions
Select GPS and system information or a demonstration of
the system functionality.
Select a demonstration mode where the system will simulate
a journey whilst the vehicle is stationary. You can manually
select a vehicle start position.
Press the MENU button, select the navigation option and choose any of the
following options.
When You Select
You Can
Route options
Set your route options.
Map display
Customize the map display for your journey (for example
arrows on map, arrival times and map content).
Assistance options
Customize display information for your journey (for
example signs, lanes and speed limits).
Turn the hazard warning feature on or off.
Personal data
Delete personal data (for example your home address).
Reset all settings
Reset the navigation settings.
Storing Your Home Address
Adding a Favorite
1. Press the NAV button.
2. Select the home address option.
3. Enter the required details using the
arrow buttons.
4. Press the confirm function button.
Note: Your last destination will
automatically display if you go to change
your home address.
1. Press the NAV button.
2. Scroll to the destination input option.
3. Enter the required details using the
arrow buttons.
4. Press the store function button.
Note: If you select store position, this will
also save the destination in your favorites.
270
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Navigation
Selecting a Favorite
Route Displays
1. Press the NAV button.
2. Select the favorites option.
3. Scroll to the required destination using
the arrow buttons.
4. Press the OK button to start
navigation.
Map Display
Press the MAP button to view map mode.
This view will show your current location
with your vehicle in the center shown as
an arrow surrounded by a circle. The arrow
will face in the direction of travel.
The information on the top line gives the
name of the current road, or the next road
to take if a turn is approaching.
Adjusting the Navigation Voice Level
You can adjust the voice prompt level
during an active voice prompt by using the
volume control.
You can change the way the map is
displayed by altering the zoom and
orientation settings. Press function button
one. The current map scale is shown on
the display.
Note: During active route guidance pressing
the information button will repeat the last
navigation instruction.
Map scale settings may be set between
0.05 miles to 500 miles or 50 meters to
500 kilometers, with an auto setting on
the top. The auto setting continuously
changes the map scale according to
vehicle speed and the road type being
driven.
Nav Audio Mixing
This feature allows you to adjust the
volume mix between the audio unit and
navigation voice level.
Tolerant Destination Input
You can use the arrow buttons to change
the view to 2D, turn-by-turn, 3D or a clean
view.
This function will search a number of
destinations with a similar spelling to what
you have entered. This is helpful if you are
unsure on how to spell a destination.
Tolerant
Zoom
This feature will automatically increase
the zoom on the map display at times
when you are required to make a turn, or
perform more complex maneuvers. Shortly
after the zoom scale will return to the
previous level when in auto mode.
Press the NAV button and
scroll to this destination
input option before
entering your destination
details.
Manual: Press function button one and
adjust the setting using the left or right
arrow buttons. Press OK to confirm your
setting.
Then begin to input your destination. Press
the OK button. The system will search for
destinations with similar spellings. Use the
arrow buttons to select a destination from
the list and press the OK button to confirm
your destination.
Auto: Press function button one and using
the up or down arrow key select the auto
option. Press OK to confirm your setting.
271
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Navigation
Move
Navigation Map Updates
When you are in map mode, press function
button two. You can now use the arrow
buttons on the audio unit to move around
the map.
Annual navigation map updates are
available for purchase. See an authorized
dealer.
Type Approvals
Press function button two again to return
to the original view.
Navigation Display
After commencing a navigation route, the
default screen is the main navigation
screen.
Once an active route is underway, guidance
will be given by on-screen information and
voice prompts. Whichever audio source
you wish to leave the unit in, basic turn by
turn and distance information will remain
on the screen in the form of a graphic inset.
You do not need to leave the unit on the
main navigation screen when you are
navigating a route. Press the MAP button
at any time to return to the main navigation
screen. Slightly more detailed information
on your route may be available using the
main navigation screen if required.
SD Logo is a trademark.
The navigation software is based in part
on the work of the FreeType team © 2006
The navigation software is based in part
on the work of the independent JPEG
Group.
Hazard Spot Warning
The system supports a hazard spot
warning feature which informs you with
visible and audible feedback about
hazardous traffic areas.
Assistance
options
You can switch the system
on and off using the
information and entertainment display menu. Refer
to this option in the navigation menu.
Note: This feature is only available in
certain countries.
272
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Appendices
ELECTROMAGNETIC
COMPATIBILITY
WARNINGS
Do not mount any transceiver,
microphones, speakers, or any other
item in the deployment path of the
airbag system.
WARNINGS
Your vehicle has been tested and
certified to legislation relating to
electromagnetic compatibility
(72/245/EEC, UN ECE Regulation 10 or
other applicable local requirements). It is
your responsibility to make sure that any
equipment you have fitted complies with
applicable local legislation. Have any
equipment fitted by an authorized dealer.
Do not fasten antenna cables to
original vehicle wiring, fuel pipes and
brake pipes.
Keep antenna and power cables at
least 4 inches (10 centimeters) from
any electronic modules and airbags.
Note: Only fit antennae in the positions
shown to the roof of your vehicle.
Radio frequency transmitter
equipment (e.g. cell phones, amateur
radio transmitters etc.) may only be
fitted to your vehicle if they comply with
the parameters shown in the table below.
There are no special provisions or
conditions for installations or use.
Frequency Band Maximum output power Watt (Peak
MHz
RMS)
Antenna Positions
1 – 30
50 W
2
30 – 54
50 W
1, 2
68 – 87.5
50 W
1, 2
142 – 176
50 W
1, 2
380 – 512
50 W
1, 2
273
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Appendices
Frequency Band Maximum output power Watt (Peak
MHz
RMS)
806 – 940
10 W
1, 2
1200 – 1400
10 W
1, 2
1710 – 1885
10 W
1, 2
1885 – 2025
10 W
1, 2
Note: After the installation of radio
frequency transmitters, check for
disturbances from and to all electrical
equipment in your vehicle, both in the
standby and transmit modes.
Check all electrical equipment:
• with the ignition on
• with the engine running
• during a road test at various speeds.
•
Check that electromagnetic fields
generated inside your vehicle cabin by the
transmitter installed do not exceed
applicable human exposure requirements.
END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT
SYNC® End User License
Agreement (EULA)
•
Antenna Positions
and "online" or electronic
documentation ("MS SOFTWARE")
are protected by international
intellectual property laws and treaties.
The MS SOFTWARE is licensed, not
sold. All rights reserved.
The MS SOFTWARE may interface with
and/or communicate with, or may be
later upgraded to interface with and/or
communicate with additional software
and/or systems provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY. The additional
software and systems of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY origin, as well as
associated media, printed materials,
and "online" or electronic
documentation ("FORD SOFTWARE")
are protected by international
intellectual property laws and treaties.
The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed, not
sold. All rights reserved.
You have acquired a device ("DEVICE")
that includes software licensed by Ford
Motor Company and its affiliates
("FORD MOTOR COMPANY") from an
affiliate of Microsoft Corporation
("MS") . Those installed software
products of MS origin, as well as
associated media, printed materials,
274
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Appendices
•
•
The MS SOFTWARE and/or FORD
SOFTWARE may interface with and/or
communicate with, or may be later
upgraded to interface with and/or
communicate with additional software
and/or systems provided by third party
software and service suppliers. The
additional software and services of
third party origin, as well as associated
media, printed materials, and "online"
or electronic documentation ("THIRD
PARTY SOFTWARE") are protected by
international intellectual property laws
and treaties. The THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All
rights reserved.
The MS SOFTWARE, FORD
SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively
and individually will be referred to as
"SOFTWARE".
Description of Other Rights and
Limitations
•
•
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END
USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA")
DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY
THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE, WILL
CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO
THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF ANY
PREVIOUS CONSENT).
•
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This
EULA grants you the following license:
•
•
You may use the SOFTWARE as
installed on the DEVICE and as
otherwise interfacing with systems
and/or services provide by or through
FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third
party software and service providers.
Speech Recognition: If the
SOFTWARE includes speech
recognition component(s), you should
understand that speech recognition is
an inherently statistical process and
that recognition errors are inherent in
the process. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be
liable for any damages arising out of
errors in the speech recognition
process.
Limitations on Reverse Engineering,
Decompilation and Disassembly:
You may not reverse engineer,
decompile, or disassemble nor permit
others to reverse engineer, decompile
or disassemble the SOFTWARE, except
and only to the extent that such activity
is expressly permitted by applicable
law notwithstanding this limitation.
Limitations on Distributing,
Copying, Modifying and Creating
Derivative Works: You may not
distribute, copy, make modifications
to or create derivative works based on
the SOFTWARE, except and only to the
extent that such activity is expressly
permitted by applicable law
notwithstanding this limitation.
Single EULA: The end user
documentation for the DEVICE and
related systems and services may
contain multiple EULAs, such as
multiple translations and/or multiple
media versions (e.g., in the user
documentation and in the software).
Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you
are licensed to use only one (1) copy of
the SOFTWARE.
275
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Appendices
•
•
•
SOFTWARE Transfer: You may
permanently transfer your rights under
this EULA only as part of a sale or
transfer of the DEVICE, provided you
retain no copies, you transfer all of the
SOFTWARE (including all component
parts, the media and printed materials,
any upgrades, and, if applicable, the
Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the
recipient agrees to the terms of this
EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade,
any transfer must include all prior
versions of the SOFTWARE.
Termination: Without prejudice to any
other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY
or MS may terminate this EULA if you
fail to comply with the terms and
conditions of this EULA.
Security Updates/Digital Rights
Management: Content owners use
the WMDRM technology included in
your DEVICE to protect their
intellectual property, included
copyrighted content. Portions of the
SOFTWARE on your DEVICE use
WMDRM software to access
WMDRM-protected content. If the
WMDRM software fails to protect the
content, content owners may ask
Microsoft to revoke the SOFTWARE's
ability to use WMDRM to play or copy
protected content. This action does
not affect unprotected content. When
your DEVICE downloads licenses for
protected content, you agree that
Microsoft may include a revocation list
with the licenses. Content owners may
require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE
on your DEVICE to access their content.
If you decline an upgrade, you will not
be able to access content that requires
the upgrade.
•
•
•
Consent to Use of Data: You agree
that MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and systems suppliers, their
affiliates and/or their designated agent
may collect and use technical
information gathered in any manner as
part of product support services related
to the SOFTWARE or related services.
MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and services suppliers, their
affiliates and/or their designated agent
may use this information solely to
improve their products or to provide
customized services or technologies to
you. MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and systems suppliers, their
affiliates and/or their designated agent
may disclose this information to others,
but not in a form that personally
identifies you.
Internet-Based Services
Components: The SOFTWARE may
contain components that enable and
facilitate the use of certain
Internet-based services. You
acknowledge and agree that MS,
Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and
service suppliers, their affiliates and/or
their designated agent may
automatically check the version of the
SOFTWARE and/or its components
that you are utilizing and may provide
upgrades or supplements to the
SOFTWARE that may be automatically
downloaded to your DEVICE.
Additional Software/Services: The
SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and
service suppliers, MS, Microsoft
Corporation, their affiliates and/or their
designated agent to provide or make
available to you SOFTWARE updates,
276
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Appendices
supplements, add-on components, or
Internet-based services components
of the SOFTWARE after the date you
obtain your initial copy of the
SOFTWARE ("Supplemental
Components").
•
If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party
software and services suppliers provide or
make available to you Supplemental
Components and no other EULA terms are
provided along with the Supplemental
Components, then the terms of this EULA
shall apply.
If MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates
and/or their designated agent make
available Supplemental Components, and
no other EULA terms are provided, then
the terms of this EULA shall apply, except
that the MS, Microsoft Corporation or
affiliate entity providing the Supplemental
Component(s) shall be the licensor of the
Supplemental Component(s).
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, MS, Microsoft
Corporation, their affiliates and/or their
designated agent reserve the right to
discontinue without liability any
Internet-based services provided to you or
made available to you through the use of
the SOFTWARE.
•
Links to Third Party Sites: The MS
SOFTWARE may provide you with the
ability to link to third party sites through
the use of the SOFTWARE. The third
party sites are not under the control of
MS, Microsoft Corporation, their
affiliates and/or their designated
agent. Neither MS nor Microsoft
Corporation nor their affiliates nor their
designated agent are responsible for
(i) the contents of any third party sites,
any links contained in third party sites,
or any changes or updates to third
party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any
other form of transmission received
from any third party sites. If the
SOFTWARE provides links to third
party sites, those links are provided to
you only as a convenience, and the
inclusion of any link does not imply an
endorsement of the third party site by
MS, Microsoft Corporation, their
affiliates and/or their designated
agent.
Obligation to Drive Responsibly:
You recognize your obligation to drive
responsibly and keep attention on the
road. You will read and abide with the
DEVICE operating instructions
particularly as they pertain to safety
and assumes any risk associated with
the use of the DEVICE.
UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA:
If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY separate from the
DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip, CD
ROM disk(s) or via web download or other
means, and is labeled "For Upgrade
Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes
Only" you may install one (1) copy of such
SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE as a
replacement copy for the existing
SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with
this EULA, including any additional EULA
terms accompanying the upgrade
SOFTWARE.
277
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Appendices
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS:
All title and intellectual property rights in
and to the SOFTWARE (including but not
limited to any images, photographs,
animations, video, audio, music, text and
"applets" incorporated into the
SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed
materials, and any copies of the
SOFTWARE, are owned by MS, Microsoft
Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, or
their affiliates or suppliers. The
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may
not copy the printed materials
accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title
and intellectual property rights in and to
the content which may be accessed
through use of the SOFTWARE is the
property of the respective content owner
and may be protected by applicable
copyright or other intellectual property
laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no
rights to use such content. All rights not
specifically granted under this EULA are
reserved by MS, Microsoft Corporation,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and service providers, their
affiliates and suppliers. Use of any on-line
services which may be accessed through
the SOFTWARE may be governed by the
respective terms of use relating to such
services. If this SOFTWARE contains
documentation that is provided only in
electronic form, you may print one copy of
such electronic documentation.
TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant
you any rights in connection with any
trademarks or service marks of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, MS, Microsoft
Corporation, third party software or service
providers, their affiliates or suppliers.
PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support
for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS,
its parent corporation Microsoft
Corporation, or their affiliates or
subsidiaries. For product support, please
refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY
instructions provided in the documentation
for the DEVICE. Should you have any
questions concerning this EULA, or if you
desire to contact FORD MOTOR
COMPANY for any other reason, please
refer to the address provided in the
documentation for the DEVICE.
No Liability for Certain Damages:
EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS,
MS, MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND
THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO
LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS
LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY
REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL MS,
MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND/OR
THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY
AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U.S. TWO
HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS (U.S.
$250.00).
EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You
acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is
subject to U.S. and European Union export
jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all
applicable international and national laws
that apply to the SOFTWARE, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations,
as well as end-user, end-use and
destination restrictions issued by U.S. and
other governments. For additional
information, see
http://www.microsoft.com/exporting/.
•
THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER
THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY
BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW
VEHICLE.
278
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Appendices
Adobe
WARNING
Contains Adobe® [Flash® Player] or
[AIR®] technology by Adobe Systems
Incorporated. This [Licensee Product]
contains [Adobe® Flash® Player]
[Adobe® AIR®] software under license
from Adobe Systems Incorporated,
Copyright ©1995-2009 Adobe
Macromedia Software LLC. All rights
reserved. Adobe, Flash and AIR are
trademarks of Adobe Systems
Incorporated.
Operating certain parts of this
system while driving can distract
your attention away from the road,
and possibly cause an accident or other
serious consequences. Do not change
system settings or enter data non-verbally
(using your hands) while driving. Stop the
vehicle in a safe and legal manner before
attempting these operations. This is
important since while setting up or
changing some functions you might be
required to distract your attention away
from the road and remove your hands from
the wheel.
End User Notice
Microsoft® Windows® Mobile for
Automotive Important Safety
Information
General Operation
This system Ford SYNC™ contains
software that is licensed to Manufacturer
FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate
of Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a
license agreement. Any removal,
reproduction, reverse engineering or other
unauthorized use of the software from this
system in violation of the license
agreement is strictly prohibited and may
subject you to legal action.
Voice Command Control: Functions
within the Windows Automotive-based
system may be accomplished using only
voice commands. Using voice commands
while driving allows you to operate the
system without removing your hands from
the wheel.
Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not
access any function requiring a prolonged
view of the screen while you are driving.
Pull over in a safe and legal manner before
attempting to access a function of the
system requiring prolonged attention. Even
occasional short scans to the screen may
be hazardous if your attention has been
diverted away from your driving task at a
critical time.
Read and follow instructions: Before
using your Windows Automotive- based
system, read and follow all instructions
and safety information provided in this end
user manual ("User's Guide"). Not
following precautions found in this User's
Guide can lead to an accident or other
serious consequences.
Volume Setting: Do not raise the volume
excessively. Keep the volume at a level
where you can still hear outside traffic and
emergency signals while driving. Driving
while unable to hear these sounds could
cause an accident.
Keep User's Guide in vehicle: When kept
in the vehicle, the User's Guide will be a
ready reference for you and other users
unfamiliar with the Windows
Automotive-based system. Please make
certain that before using the system for
the first time, all persons have access to
the User's Guide and read its instructions
and safety information carefully.
279
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Appendices
Use of Speech Recognition Functions:
Speech recognition software is inherently
a statistical process which is subject to
errors. It is your responsibility to monitor
any speech recognition functions included
in the system and address any errors.
Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps used
by this system may be inaccurate because
of changes in roads, traffic controls or
driving conditions. Always use good
judgment and common sense when
following the suggested routes.
Navigation Features: Any navigation
features included in the system are
intended to provide turn by turn
instructions to get you to a desired
destination. Please make certain all
persons using this system carefully read
and follow instructions and safety
information fully.
Emergency Services: Do not rely on any
navigation features included in the system
to route you to emergency services. Ask
local authorities or an emergency services
operator for these locations. Not all
emergency services such as police, fire
stations, hospitals and clinics are likely to
be contained in the map database for such
navigation features.
Distraction Hazard: Any navigation
features may require manual (non-verbal)
setup. Attempting to perform such set-up
or insert data while driving can seriously
distract your attention and could cause an
accident or other serious consequences.
Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner
before attempting these operations.
TeleNav Software End User License
Agreement
Please read these terms and conditions
carefully before you use the TeleNav
Software. Your use of the TeleNav
Software indicates that you accept these
terms and conditions. If you do not accept
these terms and conditions, do not break
the seal of the package, launch, or
otherwise use the TeleNav Software.
Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any
navigation features are provided only as
an aid. Make your driving decisions based
on your observations of local conditions
and existing traffic regulations. Any such
feature is not a substitute for your personal
judgment. Any route suggestions made by
this system should never replace any local
traffic regulations or your personal
judgment or knowledge of safe driving
practices.
TeleNav may revise this Agreement and
the privacy policy at any time, with or
without notice to you. You agree to visit
http://www.telenav.com from time to time
to review the then current version of this
Agreement and of the privacy policy.
1. Safe and Lawful Use
Route Safety: Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in an
unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you would be
placed in an unsafe situation, or if you
would be directed into an area that you
consider unsafe. The driver is ultimately
responsible for the safe operation of the
vehicle and therefore, must evaluate
whether it is safe to follow the suggested
directions.
You acknowledge that devoting attention
to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk
of injury or death to you and others in
situations that otherwise require your
undivided attention, and you therefore
agree to comply with the following when
using the TeleNav Software: (a) observe
all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely;
(b) use your own personal judgment while
driving. If you feel that a route suggested
by the TeleNav Software instructs you to
perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver,
280
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Appendices
places you in an unsafe situation, or directs
you into an area that you consider to be
unsafe, do not follow such instructions; (c)
do not input destinations, or otherwise
manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless
your vehicle is stationary and parked; (d)
do not use the TeleNav Software for any
illegal, unauthorized, unintended, unsafe,
hazardous, or unlawful purposes, or in any
manner inconsistent with this Agreement;
(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices
and cables necessary for use of the
TeleNav Software in a secure manner in
your vehicle so that they will not interfere
with your driving and will not prevent the
operation of any safety device (such as an
airbag).
any termination or expiration of this
Agreement. You agree that you will use the
TeleNav Software only for your personal
business or leisure purposes, and not to
provide commercial navigation services to
other parties.
3.1 License Limitations
You agree not to do any of the following:
(a) reverse engineer, decompile,
disassemble, translate, modify, alter or
otherwise change the TeleNav Software
or any part thereof; (b) attempt to derive
the source code, audio library or structure
of the TeleNav Software without the prior
express written consent of TeleNav; (c)
remove from the TeleNav Software, or
alter, any of TeleNav's or its suppliers'
trademarks, trade names, logos, patent or
copyright notices, or other notices or
markings; (d) distribute, sublicense or
otherwise transfer the TeleNav Software
to others, except as part of your permanent
transfer of the TeleNav Software; or (e)
use the TeleNav Software in any manner
that (i) infringes the intellectual property
or proprietary rights, rights of publicity or
privacy or other rights of any party, (ii)
violates any law, statute, ordinance or
regulation, including but not limited to laws
and regulations related to spamming,
privacy, consumer and child protection,
obscenity or defamation, or (iii) is harmful,
threatening, abusive, harassing, tortuous,
defamatory, vulgar, obscene, libelous, or
otherwise objectionable; and (f) lease, rent
out, or otherwise permit unauthorized
access by third parties to the TeleNav
Software without advanced written
permission of TeleNav.
You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav
harmless against all claims resulting from
any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate
use of the TeleNav Software in any moving
vehicle, including as a result of your failure
to comply with the directions above.
2. Account Information
You agree: (a) when registering the
TeleNav Software, to provide TeleNav with
true, accurate, current, and complete
information about yourself, and (b) to
inform TeleNav promptly of any changes
to such information, and to keep it true,
accurate, current and complete.
3. Software License
Subject to your compliance with the terms
of this Agreement, TeleNav hereby grants
to you a personal, non-exclusive,
non-transferable license (except as
expressly permitted below in connection
with your permanent transfer of the
TeleNav Software license), without the
right to sublicense, to use the TeleNav
Software (in object code form only) in
order to access and use the TeleNav
Software. This license shall terminate upon
281
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Appendices
4. Disclaimers
5. Limitation of Liability
To the fullest extent permissible pursuant
to applicable law, in no event will TeleNav,
its licensors and suppliers, or agents or
employees of any of the foregoing, be
liable for any decision made or action
taken by you or anyone else in reliance on
the information provided by the TeleNav
Software. TeleNav also does not warrant
the accuracy of the map or other data used
for the TeleNav Software. Such data may
not always reflect reality due to, among
other things, road closures, construction,
weather, new roads and other changing
conditions. You are responsible for the
entire risk arising out of your use of the
TeleNav Software. For example but
without limitation, you agree not to rely on
the TeleNav Software for critical
navigation in areas where the well-being
or survival of you or others is dependent
on the accuracy of navigation, as the maps
or functionality of the TeleNav Software
are not intended to support such high risk
applications, especially in more remote
geographical areas.
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER
APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR
ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE
LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY
FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR
EXEMPLARY DAMAGES (INCLUDING IN
EACH CASE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE
THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA,
LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF BUSINESS,
LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE) ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES
THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY
REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES
REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT
OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT,
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR
OTHERWISE), THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF
TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV'S
SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE
AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR
THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME
STATES AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT
ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION
OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS
OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO
YOU.
TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND
EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN
CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL
WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM
COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM OR
TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY
RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE. Certain jurisdictions do not
permit the disclaimer of certain warranties,
so this limitation may not apply to you.
6. Arbitration and Governing Law
You agree that any dispute, claim or
controversy arising out of or relating to this
Agreement or the TeleNav Software shall
be settled by independent arbitration
involving a neutral arbitrator and
administered by the American Arbitration
Association in the County of Santa Clara,
California. The arbitrator shall apply the
282
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Appendices
8. Miscellaneous
Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
American Arbitration Association, and the
judgment upon the award rendered by the
arbitrator may be entered by any court
having jurisdiction. Note that there is no
judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding
and the decision of the arbitrator shall be
binding upon both parties. You expressly
agree to waive your right to a jury trial.
8.1
This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between TeleNav and you with
respect to the subject matter hereof.
8.2
This Agreement and performance
hereunder will be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of California, without giving
effect to its conflict of laws provisions. To
the extent judicial action is necessary in
connection with the binding arbitration,
both TeleNav and you agree to submit to
the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of
the County of Santa Clara, California. The
United Nations Convention on Contracts
for the International Sale of Goods shall
not apply.
Except for the limited licenses expressly
granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains
all right, title and interest in and to the
TeleNav Software, including without
limitation all related intellectual property
rights. No licenses or other rights which are
not expressly granted in this Agreement
are intended to, or shall be, granted or
conferred by implication, statute,
inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and
TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors
hereby reserve all of their respective rights
other than the licenses explicitly granted
in this Agreement
7. Assignment
8.3
You may not resell, assign, or transfer this
Agreement or any of your rights or
obligations, except in totality, in connection
with your permanent transfer of the
TeleNav Software, and expressly
conditioned upon the new user of the
TeleNav Software agreeing to be bound
by the terms and conditions of this
Agreement. Any such sale, assignment or
transfer that is not expressly permitted
under this paragraph will result in
immediate termination of this Agreement,
without liability to TeleNav, in which case
you and all other parties shall immediately
cease all use of the TeleNav Software.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, TeleNav
may assign this Agreement to any other
party at any time without notice, provided
the assignee remains bound by this
Agreement.
By using the TeleNav Software, you
consent to receive from TeleNav all
communications, including notices,
agreements, legally required disclosures
or other information in connection with the
TeleNav Software (collectively, "Notices")
electronically. TeleNav may provide such
Notices by posting them on TeleNav's
Website or by downloading such Notices
to your wireless device. If you desire to
withdraw your consent to receive Notices
electronically, you must discontinue your
use of the TeleNav Software.
8.4
TeleNav's or your failure to require
performance of any provision shall not
affect that party's right to require
performance at any time thereafter, nor
shall a waiver of any breach or default of
this Agreement constitute a waiver of any
subsequent breach or default or a waiver
of the provision itself.
283
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Appendices
8.5
installed, copied, or used the Data, you
must contact your retailer or NAVTEQ
North America, LLC ("NT") within thirty
(30) days of purchase for a refund of your
purchase price. To contact NT, please visit
www.navteq.com.
If any provision herein is held
unenforceable, then such provision will be
modified to reflect the intention of the
parties, and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement will remain in full force and
effect
The Data is provided for your personal,
internal use only and may not be resold. It
is protected by copyright, and is subject to
the following terms (this "End User License
Agreement") and conditions which are
agreed to by you, on the one hand, and
NAVTEQ North America, LLC ("NT") and
its licensors (including their licensors and
suppliers) on the other hand.
8.6
The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only, will not be
deemed to be a part of this Agreement,
and will not be referred to in connection
with the construction or interpretation of
this Agreement. As used in this Agreement,
the words "include" and "including" and
variations thereof, will not be deemed to
be terms of limitation, but rather will be
deemed to be followed by the words
"without limitation".
The Data for areas of Canada includes
information taken with permission from
Canadian authorities, including: © Her
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post
Corporation, GeoBase®.
9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions
NT holds a nonexclusive license from the
United States Postal Service ® to publish
and sell ZIP+4 ® information.
The TeleNav Software utilizes map and
other data licensed to TeleNav by third
party vendors for the benefit of you and
other end users. This Agreement includes
end-user terms applicable to these
companies (included at the end of this
Agreement), and thus your use of the
TeleNav Software is also subject to such
terms. You agree to comply with the
following additional terms and conditions,
which are applicable to TeleNav's third
party vendor licensors:
© United States Postal Service ® 2009.
Prices are not established, controlled or
approved by the United States Postal
Service ® The following trademarks and
registrations are owned by the USPS:
United States Postal Service, USPS, and
ZIP+4.
The Data for Mexico includes certain Data
from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía.
NavTeq End User License Agreement
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
END USER TERMS
License Limitations on Use: You agree
that your license to use this Data is limited
to and conditioned on use for solely
personal, noncommercial purposes, and
not for service bureau, timesharing or other
similar purposes. Except as otherwise set
forth herein, you agree not to otherwise
The content provided ("Data") is licensed,
not sold. By opening this package, or
installing, copying, or otherwise using the
Data, you agree to be bound by the terms
of this agreement. If you do not agree to
the terms of this agreement, you are not
permitted to install, copy, use, resell or
transfer the Data. If you wish to reject the
terms of this agreement, and have not
284
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Appendices
reproduce, copy, modify, decompile,
disassemble or reverse engineer any
portion of this Data, and may not transfer
or distribute it in any form, for any purpose,
except to the extent permitted by
mandatory laws.
WARNING
This Data may contain inaccurate or
incomplete information due to the
passage of time, changing
circumstances, sources used and the
nature of collecting comprehensive
geographic Data, any of which may lead
to incorrect results.
License Limitations on Transfer: Your
limited license does not allow transfer or
resale of the Data, except on the condition
that you may transfer the Data and all
accompanying materials on a permanent
basis if: (a) you retain no copies of the
Data; (b) the recipient agrees to the terms
of this End User License Agreement; and
(c) you transfer the Data in the exact same
form as you purchased it by physically
transferring the original media (e.g., the
CD-ROM or DVD you purchased), all
original packaging, all Manuals and other
documentation. Specifically, Multi-disc
sets may only be transferred or sold as a
complete set as provided to you and not
as a subset thereof.
No Warranty: This Data is provided to you
"as is" , and you agree to use it at your own
risk. NT and its licensors (and their
licensors and suppliers) make no
guarantees, representations or warranties
of any kind, express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not limited
to, content, quality, accuracy,
completeness, effectiveness, reliability,
fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness,
use or results to be obtained from this
Data, or that the Data or server will be
uninterrupted or error free.
Disclaimer of Warranty: NT AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States,
Territories and Countries do not allow
certain warranty exclusions, so to that
extent the above exclusion may not apply
to you.
Additional License Limitations: Except
where you have been specifically licensed
to do so by NT in a separate written
agreement, and without limiting the
preceding paragraph, your license is
conditioned on use of the Data as
prescribed in this agreement, and you may
not (a) use this Data with any products,
systems, or applications installed or
otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
with, or in communication with, including
without limitation, cellular phones,
palmtop and handheld computers, pagers,
and personal digital assistants or PDAs.
Disclaimer of Liability: NT AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY
LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS
285
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Appendices
OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN THIS
DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS
OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR
BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF NT OR
ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Some States, Territories and Countries do
not allow certain liability exclusions or
damages limitations, so to that extent the
above may not apply to you.
Severability: You and NT agree that if any
portion of this agreement is found illegal
or unenforceable, that portion shall be
severed and the remainder of the
Agreement shall be given full force and
effect.
Governing Law: The above terms and
conditions shall be governed by the laws
of the State of Illinois, without giving effect
to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii)
the United Nations Convention for
Contracts for the International Sale of
Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You
agree to submit to the personal jurisdiction
of the State of Illinois for any and all
disputes, claims and actions arising from
or in connection with the Data provided to
you hereunder.
Export Control: You agree not to export
from anywhere any part of the Data or any
direct product thereof except in
compliance with, and with all licenses and
approvals required under, applicable
export laws, rules and regulations,
including but not limited to the laws, rules
and regulations administered by the Office
of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S.
Department of Commerce and the Bureau
of Industry and Security of the U.S.
Department of Commerce. To the extent
that any such export laws, rules or
regulations prohibit NT from complying
with any of its obligations hereunder to
deliver or distribute Data, such failure shall
be excused and shall not constitute a
breach of this Agreement.
Government End Users: If the Data is
being acquired by or on behalf of the
United States government or any other
entity seeking or applying rights similar to
those customarily claimed by the United
States government, this Data is a
"commercial term" as that term is defined
at 48 C.F.R. ("FAR") 2.101, is licensed in
accordance with this End User License
Agreement, and each copy of Data
delivered or otherwise furnished shall be
marked and embedded as appropriate
with the following "Notice of Use", and be
treated in accordance with such Notice:
NOTICE OF USE
Entire Agreement: These terms and
conditions constitute the entire agreement
between NT (and its licensors, including
their licensors and suppliers) and you
pertaining to the subject matter hereof,
and supersedes in their entirety any and
all written or oral agreements previously
existing between us with respect to such
subject matter.
CONTRACTOR
(MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER)
NAME:
NAVTEQ
CONTRACTOR
(MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER)
ADDRESS:
425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL
60606.
286
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Appendices
This Data is a commercial item as defined
in FAR 2.101
The software from Gracenote (the
"Gracenote Software") enables this device
to do disc and music file identification and
obtain music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
("Gracenote Data") from online servers
("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform
other functions. You may use Gracenote
Data only by means of the intended End
User functions of this device.
and is subject to the End User License
Agreement under
which this Data was provided.
© 2011 NAVTEQ. All rights reserved.
If the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
refuses to use the legend provided herein,
the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
must notify NAVTEQ prior to seeking
additional or alternative rights in the Data.
This device may contain content belonging
to Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the
restrictions set forth herein with respect to
Gracenote Data shall also apply to such
content and such content providers shall
be entitled to all of the benefits and
protections set forth herein that are
available to Gracenote.
Wi-Fi hotspot data provided by JiWire, ©
2013 JiWire.
Gracenote® Copyright
You agree that you will use the content
from Gracenote ("Gracenote Content") ,
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software,
and Gracenote Servers for your own
personal, non-commercial use only. You
agree not to assign, copy, transfer or
transmit the Gracenote Content,
Gracenote Software or any Gracenote
Data (except in a Tag associated with a
music file) to any third party. YOU AGREE
NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE
CONTENT, GRACENOTE DATA, THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS
EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.
CD and music-related data from
Gracenote, Inc., copyright© 2000-2007
Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright
© 2000-2007 Gracenote. This product and
service may practice one or more of the
following U.S. Patents #5,987,525,
#6,061,680, #6,154,773, #6,161,132,
#6,230,192, #6,230,207, #6.240,459,
#6,330,593 and other patents issued or
pending. Some services supplied under
license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S.
Patent: #6,304,523.
Gracenote and CDDB are registered
trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of
Gracenote.
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses
to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers will terminate if you
violate these restrictions. If your licenses
terminate, you agree to cease any and all
use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers. Gracenote,
respectively, reserve all rights in Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and the
Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content,
including all ownership rights. Under no
circumstances will either Gracenote
Gracenote® End User License Agreement
(EULA)
This device contains software from
Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street
Emeryville, California 94608
("Gracenote").
287
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Appendices
become liable for any payment to you for
any information that you provide, including
any copyrighted material or music file
information. You agree that Gracenote
may enforce its respective rights,
collectively or separately, under this
agreement against you, directly in each
company's own name.
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER
GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS
THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS
OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER.
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track
queries for statistical purposes. The
purpose of a randomly assigned numeric
identifier is to allow Gracenote to count
queries without knowing anything about
who you are. For more information, see the
web page at www.gracenote.com for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy.
© Gracenote 2007.
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM
OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE
GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED
TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE
MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY
GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE
GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE
CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY
AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT
TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT
FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE
SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF
GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA
CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT
GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO
WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER
GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE
OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT
OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY
ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES
THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO
PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE
TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES
AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL
FCC ID: KMHSYNCG2
IC: 1422A-SYNCG2
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING
Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate the
equipment. The term "IC" before the radio
certification number only signifies that
Industry Canada technical specifications
were met.
The antenna used for this transmitter must
not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
288
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Index
A
Audio Input Jack...........................................225
Audio System................................................203
General Information.........................................203
A/C
Audio Troubleshooting...............................227
Audio unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/
Digital Audio Broadcast (DAB) Radio/
SYNC.............................................................204
See: Climate Control...........................................76
About This Manual...........................................7
Protecting the Environment................................7
ABS
Alternative Frequencies..................................208
Automatic Volume Control...........................208
Autostore Control..............................................207
News Broadcasts..............................................208
Radio Button.......................................................206
Regional Mode...................................................209
Sound Button.....................................................206
Station Preset Buttons....................................207
Station Tuning Control.....................................207
Traffic Information Control............................207
See: Brakes............................................................119
ABS driving hints
See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes.................................................................119
Accessories
See: Replacement Parts
Recommendation............................................10
Active City Stop..............................................131
Principle of Operation........................................131
Switching the System Off and On................132
Audio unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/
Digital Audio Broadcast (DAB)
Radio...............................................................215
Adjusting the Steering Wheel....................42
Air Conditioning
See: Climate Control...........................................76
Alternative Frequencies...................................219
Bluetooth Audio Streaming...........................222
Declaration of Conformity..............................223
iPod..........................................................................222
Making and Receiving Calls............................221
News Broadcasts................................................218
Phone......................................................................219
Phone Menu Options.........................................221
Radio Button.........................................................217
Regional Mode.....................................................219
Set Button..............................................................217
Station Preset Buttons......................................217
Station Tuning Control......................................217
Traffic Information Control.............................218
USB..........................................................................222
Air Vents.............................................................76
Center Air Vents....................................................76
Side Air Vents.........................................................77
Alarm
See: Anti-Theft Alarm........................................39
Anti-Theft Alarm............................................39
Alarm System........................................................39
Arming the Alarm..................................................41
Disarming the Alarm............................................41
Full Guard and Reduced...................................40
Triggering the Alarm...........................................40
Appendices.....................................................273
At a Glance........................................................12
Audible Warnings and Indicators Automatic Transmission..........................64
Automatic Transmission Warning
Chime..................................................................65
Headlamps On Warning Chime......................65
Key in Ignition Warning Chime........................64
Parking Brake On Warning Chime.................65
Audible Warnings and Indicators Manual Transmission................................65
Headlamps On Warning Chime......................65
Key in Ignition Warning Chime........................65
Parking Brake On Warning Chime.................65
Audio Control...................................................42
Type 1........................................................................43
Type 2.......................................................................43
289
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Index
Audio unit - Vehicles With: Digital Audio
Broadcast (DAB) Radio/Navigation
System/SYNC...........................................209
Breaking-In.....................................................140
Brakes and Clutch..............................................140
Engine.....................................................................140
Tires.........................................................................140
Alternative Frequencies...................................214
Automatic Volume Control.............................213
Autostore Control...............................................212
Digital Signal Processing.................................213
News Broadcasts................................................214
Radio Button..........................................................211
Regional Mode.....................................................214
Sound Button........................................................211
Station Preset Buttons.....................................212
Station Tuning Control......................................212
Traffic Information Control..............................212
Bulb Specification Chart............................174
C
Capacities and Specifications................199
Cargo Nets.......................................................134
Installing the Net................................................134
Removing the Net...............................................135
Car Wash
See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................182
Autolamps........................................................49
Automatic Climate Control........................79
Catalytic Converter......................................109
Mono Mode............................................................80
Switching Mono Mode Back On.....................80
Switching Mono Mode Off...............................80
Temperature Control..........................................80
Center Console...............................................98
Changing a Bulb............................................170
Driving with a Catalytic Converter...............109
Central High Mounted Brake Lamp..............173
Front Fog Lamps.................................................172
Headlamp...............................................................171
Interior Lamps......................................................173
License Plate Lamp............................................173
Rear Lamps...........................................................173
Side Direction Indicator.....................................172
Automatic Transmission.............................115
Emergency Park Position Release
Lever.....................................................................117
Hints on Driving with an Automatic
Transmission....................................................116
Selector Lever Positions....................................115
Sport Mode and Manual Shifting..................116
Changing a Fuse...........................................156
Fuses.......................................................................156
Auto-Start-Stop...........................................105
Changing a Road Wheel............................192
To Re-Start the Engine.....................................105
To Stop the Engine............................................105
Using Auto-Start-Stop.....................................105
Installing a Road Wheel...................................196
Jacking and Lifting Points................................193
Lowering the Spare Wheel.............................195
Lug Nuts.................................................................192
Removing a Road Wheel.................................195
Removing the Wheel Trim..............................195
Stowing the Flat Tire.........................................197
Vehicle Jack...........................................................193
Vehicles with a Spare Wheel..........................192
Autowipers.......................................................45
Auxiliary Heater..............................................83
Fuel Operated Heater........................................86
Fuel Operated Parking Heater.........................83
Auxiliary Power Points..................................97
12 Volt DC Power Point.......................................97
Location...................................................................97
Changing the 12V Battery..........................168
Changing the Wiper Blades......................169
B
Changing the Front Wiper Blades................170
Rear Window Wiper Blade..............................170
Setting the Front Wipers in the Service
Position.............................................................169
Bonnet Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........158
Brake and Clutch Fluid Check.................168
Brakes................................................................119
Checking the Wiper Blades......................169
Child Safety.......................................................18
Child Safety Locks..........................................25
General Information...........................................119
Left-Hand Side......................................................25
Right-Hand Side...................................................25
290
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Index
E
Child Seat Positioning...................................22
Cigar Lighter.....................................................97
Cleaning the Alloy Wheels........................183
Cleaning the Exterior...................................182
Economical Driving......................................140
Accessories............................................................141
Anticipation..........................................................140
Efficient Speed.....................................................141
Electrical Systems...............................................141
Gear Shifting........................................................140
Tire Pressures......................................................140
Body Paintwork Preservation.........................182
Cleaning the Chrome Trim..............................182
Cleaning the Headlamps.................................182
Cleaning the Rear Window.............................182
Cleaning the Interior....................................182
Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD Screens
and Radio Screens........................................183
Rear Windows......................................................183
Safety Belts...........................................................182
Electromagnetic compatibility...............273
End User License Agreement..................274
Climate Control...............................................76
Engine Block Heater....................................103
SYNC® End User License Agreement
(EULA)...............................................................274
Principle of Operation.........................................76
Using the Engine Block Heater......................104
Clock...................................................................70
Engine Coolant Check.................................167
Type 1........................................................................70
Type 2.......................................................................70
Adding Engine Coolant.....................................167
Engine Immobilizer
Cold Weather Precautions.........................141
Coolant Check
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................39
Engine Oil Check..........................................166
See: Engine Coolant Check.............................167
Adding Engine Oil................................................167
Cornering Lamps............................................52
Cruise Control..................................................44
Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.0L
EcoBoost™..................................................166
Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi
(DV) Diesel..................................................166
Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.6L
EcoBoost™..................................................166
Event Data Recording
Principle of Operation.......................................129
Cruise control
See: Using Cruise Control................................129
Cup Holders.....................................................98
D
See: Data Recording..............................................9
Exterior Mirrors.................................................57
Data Recording..................................................9
Daytime Running Lamps..............................51
Diesel Particulate Filter..............................102
Fold Away Exterior Mirrors................................58
Power Exterior Mirrors.........................................57
F
Regeneration........................................................102
Digital Radio..................................................224
Direction Indicators.......................................53
DPF
Fastening the Safety Belts..........................26
Using Safety Belts During Pregnancy...........27
See: Diesel Particulate Filter..........................102
First Aid Kit......................................................143
Flat Tire Inflation
Driver Airbag.....................................................29
Driving Aids.....................................................130
Driving Hints...................................................140
Driving Through Water.................................141
DRL
See: Temporary Mobility Kit...........................184
Floor Mats.........................................................141
Fog Lamps - Front
See: Front Fog Lamps.........................................51
See: Daytime Running Lamps..........................51
Fog Lamps - Rear
See: Rear Fog Lamps...........................................51
Folding Tray......................................................98
Front Exterior Overview.................................12
Front Fog Lamps.............................................51
291
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Index
Fuel and Refueling.......................................107
Fuel Burning Heater
See: Auxiliary Heater...........................................83
General Information on Radio
Frequencies...................................................32
Global Opening and Closing......................57
Fuel Consumption Figures - 1.0L
EcoBoost (74kW/100PS)........................112
Global Closing........................................................57
Global Opening.....................................................57
Fuel Consumption Figures...............................112
H
Fuel Consumption Figures - 1.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (55kW/75PS)/1.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (70kW/95PS)
(TZ)..................................................................113
Handbrake
See: Parking Brake..............................................119
Hazard Warning Flashers...........................143
Headlamp Exit Delay....................................50
Headlamp Leveling.........................................51
Head Restraints..............................................88
Fuel Consumption Figures...............................113
Fuel Consumption Figures - 1.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (70kW/95PS) (TZ),
Trend ECOlite...............................................114
Fuel Consumption Figures...............................114
Adjusting the Head Restraints........................88
Removing the Head Restraints.......................89
Fuel Consumption Figures - 1.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (85kW/115PS)..............114
Fuel Consumption Figures...............................114
Heated Seats...................................................95
Heated Windows and Mirrors....................82
Fuel Consumption Figures - 1.6L
EcoBoost (110kW/150PS) Sigma..............................................................113
Heated Exterior Mirrors......................................83
Heated Rear Window.........................................83
Heated Windshield..............................................83
Heating
Fuel Consumption Figures...............................113
Fuel Consumption..........................................111
See: Climate Control...........................................76
Calculating Fuel Economy................................112
Filling the Fuel Tank............................................112
Hill Start Assist - Automatic
Transmission...............................................120
Fuel Quality - Diesel....................................108
Using Hill Start Assist.......................................120
Long-Term Storage...........................................108
Hill Start Assist - Manual
Transmission...............................................120
Fuel Quality - Gasoline..............................108
Fuel Shutoff....................................................143
Long-Term Storage...........................................108
Switching the System On and Off.................121
Using Hill Start Assist.........................................121
Ignition Switch.....................................................143
Keyless Starting...................................................143
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate...........................................................80
Fuse Box Locations......................................146
Cooling the Interior Quickly...............................81
General Hints........................................................80
Heating the Interior Quickly...............................81
Maximum Cooling Performance in
Instrument Panel or Instrument Panel
and Footwell Positions..................................81
Recommended Settings for Cooling ............81
Recommended Settings for Heating.............81
Side Window Defogging in Cold
Weather...............................................................81
Vehicle Stationary for Extended Periods
During Extreme High Ambient
Temperatures....................................................81
Engine Compartment Fuse Box....................146
Luggage Compartment Fuse Box................146
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box............146
Fuses.................................................................146
Fuse Specification Chart............................147
Engine Compartment Fuse Box....................147
Load Compartment Fuse Box........................153
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box..............151
G
Gauges................................................................61
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes.............................................................119
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge.............61
Fuel Gauge..............................................................62
Information Display..............................................61
292
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Index
L
Hood Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........158
Lighting Control..............................................48
I
Ignition Switch..............................................100
Information Display Control......................44
Information Displays....................................66
Headlamp Flasher...............................................49
High Beams............................................................49
Home Safe Lighting............................................49
Lighting Control Positions................................48
Parking Lamps......................................................48
General Information...........................................66
Lighting..............................................................48
Information Messages...................................71
Installing Child Seats.....................................18
General Information...........................................48
Load Carriers
Attaching a Child Seat With a Support
Leg..........................................................................21
Attaching a Child Seat With Top
Tethers..................................................................21
Booster Seats.........................................................19
Child Seats for Different Mass Groups..........19
ISOFIX Anchor Points.........................................20
See: Roof Racks and Load Carriers..............135
Load Carrying.................................................133
General Information..........................................133
Locking and Unlocking.................................34
Automatic Locking..............................................36
Automatic Re-Locking.......................................36
Automatic Unlocking..........................................36
Configurable Unlocking......................................37
Double Locking.....................................................34
Locking.....................................................................34
Locking and Unlocking Confirmation...........34
Locking and Unlocking the Doors From
Inside....................................................................35
Locking the Doors Individually With the
Key.........................................................................35
One-Stage Unlocking.........................................36
Opening the Double Rear Doors.....................35
Opening the Sliding Door From Inside.........35
Rear Emergency Exit...........................................36
Two-Stage Unlocking.........................................36
Unlocking................................................................34
Zone Re-Locking...................................................37
Instrument Cluster..........................................61
Instrument Lighting Dimmer.....................50
Instrument Panel Overview - LHD............15
Instrument Panel Overview - RHD...........16
Interior Lamps - Vehicles With:
Panoramic Roof Panel..............................54
Center Mounted Lamp.......................................54
Luggage Compartment Lamp........................54
Side Mounted Lamp...........................................54
Interior Lamps - Vehicles Without:
Panoramic Roof Panel..............................53
Courtesy Lamp......................................................53
Luggage Compartment Lamp.........................53
Reading Lamps.....................................................53
Interior Mirror...................................................58
Auto-Dimming Mirror.........................................59
Locks...................................................................34
Luggage Anchor Points..............................133
Lug Nuts
Introduction.........................................................7
J
See: Changing a Road Wheel........................192
M
Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................144
To Connect the Booster Cables....................144
To Start the Engine............................................144
Maintenance..................................................158
General Information..........................................158
Technical Specifications - 1.0L EcoBoost
(74kW/100PS)................................................176
Technical Specifications - 1.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel........................178
Technical Specifications - 1.6L EcoBoost
(110kW/150PS) - Sigma..............................179
K
Keys and Remote Controls.........................32
293
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Index
P
Manual Climate Control...............................77
Manual Liftgate...............................................37
Opening and Closing the Liftgate...................37
Parking Aid......................................................124
Manual Seats..................................................89
Front and Rear Sensing System....................125
Rear Sensing System.........................................125
Adjusting the Height of the Driver
Seat......................................................................90
Adjusting the Lumbar Support.......................90
Folding the Seatback.........................................90
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward..............................................................89
Recline Adjustment............................................90
Parking Aids....................................................124
Principle of Operation.......................................124
Parking Brake..................................................119
Passenger Airbag...........................................30
Switching the Passenger Airbag Off.............30
Switching the Passenger Airbag On...............31
Manual Transmission - 5-Speed Manual
Transmission................................................115
Passive Anti-Theft System.........................39
Arming the Engine Immobilizer......................39
Coded Keys.............................................................39
Disarming the Engine Immobilizer................39
Principle of Operation........................................39
Selecting Reverse Gear......................................115
Manual Transmission - 6-Speed Manual
Transmission................................................115
Selecting Reverse Gear......................................115
PATS
Media Hub......................................................226
Message Center
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................39
Personalized Settings...................................70
See: Information Displays.................................66
Measure Units........................................................70
Switching Chimes Off.........................................70
Mirrors
See: Heated Windows and Mirrors................82
See: Windows and Mirrors................................55
Power Door Locks
See: Locking and Unlocking.............................34
Mobile Communications
Equipment......................................................10
Power Windows - Vehicles With:
One-Touch Down Driver Window.........55
Accessory Delay....................................................55
One-Touch Down.................................................55
N
Power Windows - Vehicles With: Rear
Power Windows ..........................................55
Navigation......................................................264
Hazard Spot Warning.......................................272
Information..........................................................269
Loading Map Data.............................................264
Menu Structure...................................................265
Navigation Map Updates.................................272
Road Safety.........................................................264
Route Options.....................................................267
Setting a Route...................................................265
Setting Your Navigation Preferences.........269
Type Approvals...................................................272
Accessory Delay....................................................57
Bounce-Back.........................................................56
One-Touch Down.................................................56
One-Touch Up.......................................................56
Window Lock.........................................................56
R
Rear Exterior Overview..................................13
Rear Fog Lamps...............................................51
Rear Passenger Climate Controls............82
Rear Seat Armrest.........................................96
Rear Seats..........................................................91
O
Oil Check
See: Engine Oil Check.......................................166
Vehicles With Five Seats....................................91
Vehicles With Seven Seats...............................93
Opening and Closing the Hood...............158
Rear Under Floor Storage..........................133
Closing the Hood................................................159
Opening the Hood..............................................158
Adjustable Load Floor.......................................134
Cargo Management System..........................134
Passenger Compartment Floor.....................133
Overhead Console.........................................98
294
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Index
Rear View Camera........................................126
Snow Chains
Switching the Rear View Camera Off.........128
Switching the Rear View Camera On..........127
Using the Display.................................................127
Vehicles with Parking Aid................................128
See: Using Snow Chains..................................188
Speed Control
See: Cruise Control............................................129
Speed Limiter................................................130
Rear View Camera
See: Rear View Camera....................................126
Principle of Operation.......................................130
Using the System...............................................130
Rear Window Wiper and Washers..........46
Stability Control............................................123
Rear Window Washer.........................................47
Rear Window Wiper............................................46
Principle of Operation.......................................123
Starter Switch
Reduced Engine Performance................140
Refueling...........................................................110
See: Ignition Switch..........................................100
Starting a Diesel Engine.............................102
Filling a Fuel Container.......................................111
Cold or Hot Engine.............................................102
Failure to Start.....................................................102
Remote Control...............................................32
Starting a Gasoline Engine - Automatic
Transmission................................................101
Changing the Remote Control Battery.........32
Reprogramming the Unlocking
Function..............................................................32
Cold or Hot Engine..............................................101
Engine Idle Speed after Starting...................102
Flooded Engine...................................................102
Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............183
Replacement Parts
Recommendation........................................10
Starting a Gasoline Engine - Manual
Transmission................................................101
Collision Repairs....................................................10
Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical
Repairs.................................................................10
Warranty on Replacement Parts....................10
Cold or Hot Engine..............................................101
Engine Idle Speed after Starting...................101
Failure to Start......................................................101
Flooded Engine....................................................101
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control.............................................................33
Roadside Emergencies...............................143
Roof Racks and Load Carriers..................135
Starting and Stopping the Engine.........100
General Information.........................................100
Steering Wheel Lock...................................100
Steering Wheel................................................42
Storage Compartments..............................98
Sun Shades - Vehicles With: Panoramic
Roof Panel.....................................................59
Maximum Load Weights..................................136
Running-In
See: Breaking-In..................................................140
Running Out of Fuel....................................108
Refilling With a Portable Fuel
Container..........................................................109
Bounce-Back.........................................................59
Opening and Closing the Sun Shade...........59
Sun Shade Relearning........................................59
S
Supplementary Restraints System.........29
Principle of Operation........................................29
Safety Belt Height Adjustment.................27
Safety Belt Minder.........................................28
Switching Off the Engine..........................103
Turning the Safety Belt Minder Off................28
Symbols Glossary.............................................7
SYNC™ Applications and
Services........................................................243
Vehicles With a Turbocharger.......................103
Safety Belts......................................................26
Safety Precautions.......................................107
Seats...................................................................88
Security..............................................................39
Side Airbags......................................................31
Side Curtain Airbags.......................................31
Sitting in the Correct Position...................88
In the Event of a Crash.....................................245
Switching Emergency Assistance On and
Off......................................................................244
SYNC AppLink....................................................246
SYNC Emergency Assistance.......................244
295
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
Index
SYNC™............................................................228
Trip Computer.................................................70
General Information.........................................228
Average Fuel...........................................................70
Digital Speedometer...........................................70
Distance to Empty...............................................70
Resetting the Trip Computer...........................70
Trip Odometer.......................................................70
SYNC™ Troubleshooting.........................256
T
Tailgate
U
See: Manual Liftgate...........................................37
Technical Specifications
Under Hood Overview - 1.0L EcoBoost
(74kW/100PS), LHD................................160
Under Hood Overview - 1.0L EcoBoost
(74kW/100PS), RHD.................................161
Under Hood Overview - 1.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, LHD.........164
Under Hood Overview - 1.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, RHD........165
Under Hood Overview - 1.6L EcoBoost
(110kW/150PS) - Sigma, RHD..............163
Under Hood Overview - 1.6L EcoBoost™,
LHD.................................................................162
Unique Driving Characteristics................105
USB Port.........................................................226
Using Cruise Control....................................129
See: Capacities and Specifications.............199
Temporary Mobility Kit...............................184
Checking the Tire Pressure..............................187
General Information..........................................184
Inflating the Tire..................................................185
Using the Kit.........................................................184
Tire Care..........................................................188
Tire Inflation When Punctured
See: Temporary Mobility Kit...........................184
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........189
Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.......................................190
How Temperature Affects the Tire
Pressures..........................................................189
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Reset
Procedure..........................................................191
Understanding the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System..............................................................190
Switching Cruise Control Off..........................129
Switching Cruise Control On..........................129
Using Snow Chains.....................................188
Tire Repair Kit
Vehicles with Stability Control......................188
Using Stability Control................................123
See: Temporary Mobility Kit...........................184
Tires
Switching the System Off and On Using the
Information Display Controls....................123
Switching the System Off Using a
Switch.................................................................123
See: Wheels and Tires......................................184
Towbar Dimensions...................................200
Towing Points.................................................137
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels Automatic Transmission.........................138
Using SYNC™ With Your Media
Player............................................................250
Emergency Towing.............................................138
Accessing Your USB Song Library...............255
Bluetooth Devices and System
Settings............................................................256
Connecting Your Media Player to the USB
Port....................................................................250
Media Menu Features......................................254
Media Voice Commands..................................251
What's Playing?..................................................251
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels Manual Transmission...............................139
Towing...............................................................137
Traction Control.............................................122
Principle of Operation.......................................122
Trailer Sway Control.....................................137
Transmission...................................................115
Transmission
See: Transmission...............................................115
Transporting the Vehicle............................138
296
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
Index
W
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone............232
Accessing Features Through the Cell Phone
Menu..................................................................237
Accessing Your Cell Phone Settings...........239
Bluetooth Devices..............................................241
Cell Phone Options During an Active
Call.....................................................................235
Cell Phone Voice Commands.......................233
Making a Call.......................................................234
Pairing a Cell Phone For the First
Time...................................................................232
Pairing Subsequent Cell Phones..................232
Receiving a Call..................................................235
Text Messaging...................................................238
Warning Lamps and Indicators.................62
Anti-Lock Braking System Warning
Lamp....................................................................62
Battery Warning Lamp.......................................62
Brake System Warning Lamp..........................62
Cruise Control Indicator.....................................62
Direction Indicator................................................62
Engine Oil Warning Lamp.................................63
Engine Warning Lamps......................................63
Fasten Safety Belt Warning Lamp.................63
Front Airbag Warning Lamp.............................63
Front Fog Lamps Indicator...............................63
Frost warning lamp.............................................63
Glow Plug Indicator.............................................64
Headlamp and Parking Lamp
Indicator..............................................................64
High Beam Indicator...........................................64
Information Indicator..........................................64
Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp........................64
Rear Fog Lamps Indicator................................64
Shift Indicator........................................................64
Stability Control Off Indicator.........................64
Stability Control Warning Lamp.....................64
Start-Stop Indicator...........................................64
Using Traction Control................................122
Switching the System Off and On Using the
Information Display Controls.....................122
Switching the System Off Using a
Switch.................................................................122
Using Voice Recognition...........................229
Helpful Hints........................................................229
Initiating a Voice Session................................230
System Interaction and Feedback..............230
Using Winter Tires........................................188
V
Warning Triangle...........................................143
Washer Fluid Check.....................................168
Washers
Vehicle Care....................................................182
Vehicle Dimensions - Long
Wheelbase...................................................199
See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................182
See: Wipers and Washers.................................45
Vehicle Dimensions...........................................199
Vehicle Dimensions - Short
Wheelbase...................................................199
Wheel Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel........................192
Vehicle Dimensions...........................................199
Wheels and Tires..........................................184
Vehicle Identification Number................202
Vehicle Identification Plate.......................201
Vehicle Interior Overview..............................14
Ventilation
General Information..........................................184
Technical Specifications - Long
Wheelbase.......................................................198
Technical Specifications - Short
Wheelbase.......................................................197
See: Climate Control...........................................76
Vents
Windows and Mirrors....................................55
Windshield Washers.....................................46
Windshield Wipers.........................................45
See: Air Vents.........................................................76
VIN
See: Vehicle Identification Number............202
Intermittent Wipe.................................................45
Speed Dependent Wipers................................45
Voice Control...................................................44
Winter Tires
See: Using Winter Tires....................................188
Wipers and Washers.....................................45
297
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium Hig
298
Tourneo Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 10-03-2014, Vehicles Built Up To: 31-12-2014, Long Wheelbase Kombi/Short Wheelbase Kombi, Base/Base High Payload/Titanium/Titanium High Payl
CG3588en